TW200949319A - Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer comprising the same, liquid-crystal display, and compound - Google Patents

Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer comprising the same, liquid-crystal display, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200949319A
TW200949319A TW098105801A TW98105801A TW200949319A TW 200949319 A TW200949319 A TW 200949319A TW 098105801 A TW098105801 A TW 098105801A TW 98105801 A TW98105801 A TW 98105801A TW 200949319 A TW200949319 A TW 200949319A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
group
cellulose ester
compound
optical film
Prior art date
Application number
TW098105801A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI447444B (en
Inventor
Takayuki Suzuki
Takatugu Suzuki
Zhe-Liu Chen
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Opto Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Publication of TW200949319A publication Critical patent/TW200949319A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI447444B publication Critical patent/TWI447444B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/16Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements having an anti-static effect, e.g. electrically conducting coatings

Abstract

An optical film is provided which has a satisfactory haze, is reduced in bleeding even in long-term storage, and is free from film web deformation failures such as a ridge failure and protrusion failure. Also provided are: a process for producing an optical film; a polarizer comprising the film; a liquid-crystal display employing the polarizer; and a compound usable for forming the optical film. The optical film is characterized by comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a cellulose ester. (In the formula, R1 and R2 each independently represents a substituent; R3 represents hydrogen or alkyl; and n is an integer of 0-4; provided that the R1's may be the same or different.)

Description

200949319 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於光學薄膜、光學薄膜的製造方法、使用 其之偏光板、液晶顯示裝置、及化合物。 【先前技術】 近年來’作爲取代CRT顯示器之薄型顯示器,著重 0 於液晶顯示裝置(液晶顯示器)、電漿顯示器、有機El 顯示器。這些新世代之顯示器上載持多數光學薄膜,但因 薄型之故’對於這些光學薄膜所具有的各種功能性能之提 高要求則逐年漸漸嚴格。因此,可望可達到性能進—步提 高的光學薄膜。 另一方面’筆記型電腦之薄型輕量化、大型畫面化、 高精細化的開發正進行者。隨之液晶顯示裝置用的光學薄 膜亦日漸薄膜化、寬廣化、高品質化之要求變強。作爲液 Q 晶顯示裝置用之光學薄膜雖已使用種種樹脂,但作爲光學 薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜中,現在使用纖維素酯、聚碳酸酯 、聚烯烴。其中,亦以使用纖維素酯之纖維素酯薄膜則壓 倒性地多。 這些纖維素酯薄膜於至今皆藉由溶液流延法而製造。 所謂溶液流延法爲,使將纖維素酯溶解於溶劑的溶液進行 流延而得到薄膜形狀後,蒸發·乾燥溶劑後得到薄膜之製 膜方法。以溶液流延法所製膜之薄膜之平面性因較高’故 使用此可得到無不均之高畫質液晶顯示器。 -5- 200949319 然而,溶液流延法必須要大量有機溶劑,產生造成環 境大負荷之問題。纖維素酯薄膜,由該溶解特性來看,因 使用環境負荷較大的鹵素系溶劑進行製膜,故溶劑使用量 之減少特別被要求,而使藉由溶液流延製膜難以增產纖維 素酯薄膜。 又,必須除去殘存於薄膜内部之溶劑,故乾燥流程、 乾燥能源、及經蒸發之溶劑的回收及再生裝置等製造流程 之設備投資及製造成本會膨大,而削減這些亦成爲重要問 題。 對於光學用途之纖維素酯薄膜,伴隨該製造步驟之溶 劑使用而有著製造負荷、設備負荷,又光學特性、機械特 性亦爲非充分狀態。 近年來作爲銀鹽照片用或偏光板保護薄膜用,嘗試將 纖維素酯進行熔融製膜,纖維素酯爲熔融時黏度非常高之 高分子,且玻璃轉移溫度亦高,故熔融纖維素酯後由模具 壓出,即使於冷卻轉筒或冷卻輸送帶上澆鑄,亦難以塗平 ,有著光學特性、機械特性比溶液流延薄膜更低之課題( 例如參照專利文獻1 )。 因此,這些纖維素酯薄膜一般捲入捲芯成爲薄膜原捲 後進行保存、輸送。故將經熔融製膜之薄膜以捲芯捲取之 薄膜原捲的狀態下進行長期間保存時,會有著馬背故障或 薄膜原捲之捲芯部分上產生所謂捲芯轉印的故障及開始捲 取時薄膜上會產生縐折之問題。 所謂馬背故障爲,薄膜原捲變形成如馬背的U字型’ -6 - 200949319 於中央部附近形成2〜3cm程度間距之帶狀凸部的故障, 因於薄膜會殘留變形,故對偏光板進行加工時,表面會見 到變形之問題。至今,馬背故障的產生可藉由降低底質彼 此之動摩擦係數,或調整兩側之滾邊加工(壓紋加工)的 高度而減少。 又,捲芯轉印係爲藉由捲芯或薄膜之凹凸所引起的薄 膜變形之故障。 以過去的溶液流延下所製作之薄膜上,這些故障並未 成爲過大問題,但對於熔融製膜製作之薄膜而言,薄膜之 平面性因較低,故成爲嚴重問題。 特別於近年來,隨著大型畫面化,可望薄膜原捲之寬 度可較廣、捲取長度可較長。因此,薄膜原捲變的更寬、 或薄膜原捲荷重有著增加之傾向,因處於這些故障更容易 發生的狀況下,故望可得到改良。 [專利文獻1]特開2006-24 1428號公報 【發明內容】 本發明爲有鑑於上述課題所成者,本發明的目的爲, 提供一種霧値良好下,即使長期間保存下亦較少滲漏,不 會產生馬背故障或凸狀故障等薄膜原捲的變形故障之光學 薄膜、光學薄膜的製造方法、使用其之偏光板、使用該偏 光板的液晶顯示裝置、及使用於該光學薄膜之新穎化合物 〇 對於上述課題,經本發明者們之詳細檢討結果,若纖 -7- 200949319 維素酯中含有特定桂皮酸酯化合物時’驚人地得知其霧値 良好,即使於長期間下保存亦較少滲漏’無產生馬背故障 或凸狀故障等薄膜原捲的變形故障。且,發現如此本發明 的光學薄膜可藉由熔融流延法而製造而完成本發明。又, 發現藉由使用如此光學薄膜,可提供具有良好特性之偏光 板、及液晶顯示裝置。且發現使用於前述光學薄膜之新穎 化合物。 本發明的上述課題係以以下構成所達成。 1. 一種光學薄膜,其特徵爲含有下述一般式(1)所 示化合物的至少1種與纖維素酯。 [化1] •HIS式(1)BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to an optical film, a method of producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound. [Prior Art] In recent years, as a thin display replacing a CRT display, emphasis has been placed on a liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display), a plasma display, and an organic El display. These new generations of displays carry most optical films, but because of their thinness, the demands for the various functional properties of these optical films are becoming stricter year by year. Therefore, it is expected that an optical film having an improved performance can be achieved. On the other hand, the development of thin-type, lightweight, large-screen, and high-definition notebooks is underway. As a result, the optical film for liquid crystal display devices has become increasingly thinner, wider, and higher in quality. Although various resins have been used as the optical film for the liquid Q crystal display device, cellulose ester, polycarbonate, and polyolefin are now used as the polarizing plate protective film for the optical film. Among them, cellulose ester films using cellulose esters are also more overwhelming. These cellulose ester films have heretofore been produced by solution casting. The solution casting method is a film forming method in which a solution in which a cellulose ester is dissolved in a solvent is cast to obtain a film shape, and then the solvent is evaporated and dried to obtain a film. The flatness of the film formed by the solution casting method is high, so that a high-definition liquid crystal display having no unevenness can be obtained by using this. -5- 200949319 However, the solution casting method requires a large amount of organic solvent, causing a problem of causing a large environmental load. From the viewpoint of the solubility characteristics, the cellulose ester film is formed by using a halogen-based solvent having a large environmental load, so that the use of a solvent is particularly required to be reduced, and it is difficult to increase the yield of the cellulose ester by solution casting. film. Further, since it is necessary to remove the solvent remaining in the inside of the film, the equipment investment and manufacturing cost of the manufacturing processes such as the drying process, the drying energy, and the evaporation and recovery of the solvent are increased, and the reduction of these becomes an important issue. The cellulose ester film for optical use has a manufacturing load and a device load accompanying the use of the solvent in the production step, and the optical properties and mechanical properties are also insufficient. In recent years, as a silver salt photograph or a polarizing plate protective film, an attempt has been made to melt a film of a cellulose ester. The cellulose ester is a polymer having a very high viscosity at the time of melting, and the glass transition temperature is also high, so that after the cellulose ester is melted When it is extruded from a mold, it is difficult to flatten even if it is cast on a cooling drum or a cooling conveyor belt, and has a problem that optical characteristics and mechanical properties are lower than that of a solution cast film (see, for example, Patent Document 1). Therefore, these cellulose ester films are generally wound into a winding core to be stored and transported as a film original roll. Therefore, when the melt-film-formed film is stored for a long period of time in the state in which the film is wound up by the winding core, there is a malfunction of the horseback failure or the so-called core transfer on the core portion of the original film roll. There is a problem of collapse on the film during winding. The so-called horseback fault is that the film roll is formed into a U-shaped '6 - 200949319 of the horseback, and a band-shaped convex portion having a pitch of about 2 to 3 cm is formed in the vicinity of the center portion, because the film may remain deformed, so When the polarizing plate is processed, the surface will see deformation problems. Up to now, horseback failures have been reduced by reducing the dynamic friction coefficient of the bottoms or adjusting the height of the piping (embossing) on both sides. Further, the core transfer is a failure of the film deformation caused by the unevenness of the core or the film. These failures have not been an excessive problem on the film produced by the conventional solution casting, but the film produced by the melt film formation has a low planarity and is a serious problem. In particular, in recent years, with the large screen, it is expected that the width of the original film roll can be wider and the winding length can be longer. Therefore, the film is more widely wound, or the film original roll load tends to increase, and it is expected to be improved in the case where these troubles are more likely to occur. [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2006-24 1428 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a smog which is excellent in smog and which is less permeable even after storage for a long period of time. An optical film which does not cause deformation of a film original roll such as a horseback failure or a convex failure, a method of producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device using the same, and an optical film used therefor In the case of the above-mentioned subject, the results of the detailed review by the present inventors, if the cellulose -7-200949319 contains a specific cinnamate compound, it is surprisingly known that the smog is good, even after long-term storage. There is also less leakage 'no deformation fault of the original film roll such as horseback failure or convex failure. Further, it has been found that the optical film of the present invention can be produced by a melt casting method to complete the present invention. Further, it has been found that by using such an optical film, a polarizing plate having good characteristics and a liquid crystal display device can be provided. A novel compound for use in the aforementioned optical film was found. The above problems of the present invention are achieved by the following constitution. An optical film comprising at least one of a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a cellulose ester. [Chemical 1] • HIS type (1)

=C-R* f (式中’ R1及R2各獨立表示取代基,R3表示氫原子或烷 基’η表示0〜4之整數。複數Ri可相同或相異)。 2. 如BU述1所記載之光學薄膜其爲含有選自受阻酚系 化合物、磷系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化合物 所成群之化合物的至少i種。 3. —種光學薄膜的製造方法,其特徵爲前述i或2所 記載之光學薄膜藉由熔融流延法而製造。 4. 種偏光板’其特徵爲使如前述1或2所記載的光 ~ 8 - 200949319 學薄膜含於偏光子的至少一面。 5. —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲使用如前述4所記載 之偏光板。 6. —種如下述一般式(2)所表示之化合物。 [化2] 一般式(2&gt;=C-R* f (wherein R1 and R2 each independently represent a substituent, and R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. η represents an integer of 0 to 4. The plural Ri may be the same or different). 2. The optical film according to the above-mentioned item 1 is at least one kind of a compound containing a compound selected from the group consisting of a hindered phenol-based compound, a phosphorus-based compound, a lactone-based compound, and an acrylate-based compound. A method for producing an optical film, characterized in that the optical film described in the above item i or 2 is produced by a melt casting method. 4. A polarizing plate </ RTI> characterized in that the light film of the above-mentioned 1 or 2 is contained on at least one side of a polarizer. A liquid crystal display device characterized in that the polarizing plate according to the above 4 is used. 6. A compound represented by the following general formula (2). [Chemical 2] General formula (2&gt;

〇 (式中,R4〜R6各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基、r7表 示取代基、η表示0〜3之整數。複數R7可相同或相異) 〇 [發明的效果] 藉由本發明可提供一種霧値良好,即使長期間保存亦 較少滲漏,且不會產生馬背故障或凸狀故障等薄膜原捲之 變形故障的光學薄膜、光學薄膜之製造方法、使用其之偏 光板、液晶顯示裝置、及使用於該光學薄膜的新穎化合物 [實施發明的較佳型態] 以下對於實施本發明之較佳形態做詳細說明,但本發 -9- 200949319 明並未限定於此些。 本發明的光學薄膜之特徵爲含有前述一般式(1)所 示化合物的至少1種與纖維素酯。 《一般式(1 )所示化合物》 首先對於本發明的前述一般式(1)之化合物做詳細 說明。 式中,R1及R2各獨立表示取代基,R3表示氫原子或 烷基,η表示0〜4之整數。複數R1可相同或相異。作爲 取代基,具體例子可舉出烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、 異丙基、t-丁基、戊基、己基、辛基、月桂基、三氟甲基 等)、環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基等)、芳基(例如苯 基、萘基等)、醯胺基(例如乙醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基等) 、烷基硫基(例如甲基硫基、乙基硫基等)、芳基硫基( 例如苯基硫基、萘基硫基等)、烯基(例如乙烯基、2 -丙 嫌基、3-丁烯基、丨_甲基_3_丙烯基、3_戊烯基、甲基-3_ 丁儲基、4 -己稀基、環己嫌基等)、鹵素原子(例如氟原 子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等)、炔基(例如丙炔基等 )、雜環基(例如吡啶基、噻唑基、噁唑基、咪唑基等) 、烷基磺醯基(例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基等)、芳基 磺醯基(例如苯基磺醯基、萘基磺醯基等)、烷基亞磺醯 基(例如甲基亞磺醯基等)、芳基亞磺醯基(例如苯基亞 確醯基等)、膦醯基、醯基(例如乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基 、苯甲_基等)、胺基甲醯基(例如胺羰基、甲基胺羰基 -10- 200949319 、二甲基胺羰基、丁基胺羰基、環己基胺羰基、苯基胺羰 基、2-吡啶基胺羰基等)、胺磺醯基(例如胺磺醯基、甲 基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、丁基胺磺醯基、己基胺磺 醯基、環己基胺磺醯基、辛基胺磺醯基、月桂基胺磺醯基 、苯基胺磺醯基、萘基胺磺醯基、2-吡啶基胺磺醯基等) 、磺醸胺基(例如甲磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基等)、氰基、 烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等)、芳氧基(例 π 如苯氧基、萘氧基等)、雜環氧基、甲矽烷氧基、醯氧基 (例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、胺羰氧基、胺基(例 如胺基、乙胺基、二甲胺基、丁胺基、環戊胺基、2-乙基 己胺基、十二烷胺基等)、苯胺基(例如苯胺基、氯苯胺 基、甲本胺基、茴香胺基、萘胺基、2 -耻陡胺基等)、亞 胺基、脲基(例如甲基脲基、乙基脲基、戊基脲基、環己 基脲基、辛基脲基、月桂基脲基、苯基脲基、萘基脲基、 2-Π比@基胺脲基等)、烷氧基羰基胺基(例如甲氧基羰基 Q 胺基、苯氧基羰基胺基等)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰 基、乙氧基羰基、苯氧基羰基等)、芳基氧基羰基(例如 苯氧基羰基等)、雜環硫基、硫脲基、羥基、氫硫基等各 基。這些取代基可進—步由相同取代基所取代。 r3雖表示氫原子或烷基,但具體上與作爲前述一般式 (1 )的R1及R2所示取代基所記載的烷基同義。 即述〜般式(1 )中,R1以烷基、烷氧基爲佳,R2以 院基、芳基、烷氧基羰基、胺基甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳 基磺酿基、氰基爲佳,R3以氫原子爲佳。又,前述—般式 -11 - 200949319 (1 )中,R2以烷氧基羰基爲較佳。 · 更佳爲前述一般式(2)所示化合物。 式中,R4〜R6各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基、汉7 表示取代基、η表示0〜3之整數。複數R7可相同或相舞 )° 前述一般式(2)中’ R4〜R6各獨立表示烷基、環燒 基或芳基,但具體上與作爲前述一般式(1)的尺1及 所示取代基所記載的烷基、環烷基或芳基同義,這些取代 基可進一步由與前述一般式(1)的R1及R2所示取代基 © 之同樣取代基所取代。又,一般式(2)中,R7表示取代 基,但具體上與作爲前述一般式(1)的R1及R2所示取 代基所記載者同義,這些取代基可進一步由相同取代基所 取代。 以下表示本發明的一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示 化合物之代表性具體例’但本發明並未受到此等限定。 -12- 200949319〇 (wherein R 4 to R 6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, r 7 represents a substituent, and η represents an integer of 0 to 3. The plural R 7 may be the same or different) 〇 [Effect of the invention] The invention can provide an optical film, an optical film manufacturing method, and a polarizing film using the same, which is excellent in haze, and which is less leaky during long-term storage, and which does not cause deformation of a film original roll such as a horseback failure or a convex failure. A plate, a liquid crystal display device, and a novel compound for use in the optical film. [Better Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] Hereinafter, a preferred embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail, but the present invention is not limited thereto. some. The optical film of the present invention is characterized by containing at least one of the compounds represented by the above general formula (1) and a cellulose ester. <<Compound of the general formula (1)>> First, the compound of the above general formula (1) of the present invention will be described in detail. In the formula, R1 and R2 each independently represent a substituent, R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and η represents an integer of 0 to 4. The plural R1s may be the same or different. Specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, lauryl group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.), and a ring. An alkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), an aryl group (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), an anthranyl group (e.g., an acetamino group, a benzylamino group, etc.), an alkylthio group (e.g., A) Alkylthio, ethylthio, etc.), arylthio (e.g., phenylthio, naphthylthio, etc.), alkenyl (e.g., vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, oxime) a methyl_3_propenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, a methyl-3_butyl group, a 4-hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc.), a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.) , alkynyl (e.g., propynyl, etc.), heterocyclic (e.g., pyridyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, etc.), alkylsulfonyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, etc.) An arylsulfonyl group (e.g., phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, etc.), an alkylsulfinyl group (e.g., a methylsulfinyl group, etc.), an arylsulfinyl group (e.g., a phenyl group) Aya 醯ji et al ), phosphinyl, fluorenyl (eg, ethyl, trimethylethyl, benzyl, etc.), aminomethanyl (eg, amine carbonyl, methylamine carbonyl-10-200949319, dimethyl Amine carbonyl, butylamine carbonyl, cyclohexylamine carbonyl, phenylamine carbonyl, 2-pyridylamine carbonyl, etc.), amine sulfonyl (eg, amine sulfonyl, methylamine sulfonyl, dimethylamine sulfonate) Mercapto, butylamine sulfonyl, hexylamine sulfonyl, cyclohexylamine sulfonyl, octylamine sulfonyl, lauryl sulfonyl, phenylamine sulfonyl, naphthylamine sulfonyl , 2-pyridylaminesulfonyl, etc.), sulfonylamino (eg, sulfonamide, benzenesulfonylamino, etc.), cyano, alkoxy (eg, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy) An aryloxy group (such as π such as phenoxy group, naphthyloxy group, etc.), a heterocyclic oxy group, a decyloxy group, a decyloxy group (e.g., an ethoxy group, a benzhydryloxy group, etc.), an amine A carbonyloxy group, an amine group (for example, an amine group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a butylamino group, a cyclopentylamino group, a 2-ethylhexylamino group, a dodecylamino group, etc.), an anilino group (for example, an aniline) Base, chloroaniline, aben Base, anisidine, naphthylamino, 2-schemantyl, etc.), imine, ureido (eg methylureido, ethylureido, pentylurea, cyclohexylureido, octylurea) Base, lauryl urea group, phenylureido group, naphthylurea group, 2-anthracene than amide group, etc.), alkoxycarbonylamino group (eg methoxycarbonyl Q amine group, phenoxycarbonyl amine) An alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.), a heterocyclic thio group, a thiourea group, Each group such as a hydroxyl group or a hydrogenthio group. These substituents may be further substituted by the same substituent. Although r3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, it is specifically synonymous with the alkyl group described as the substituent represented by R1 and R2 in the above general formula (1). In the general formula (1), R1 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and R2 is an aromatic group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aminomethyl sulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an aryl sulfonate. The base and the cyano group are preferred, and R3 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, in the above-mentioned general formula -11 - 200949319 (1), R2 is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group. More preferably, it is a compound represented by the above general formula (2). In the formula, R4 to R6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, han 7 represents a substituent, and η represents an integer of 0 to 3. The plural R7 may be the same or danced.) In the above general formula (2), 'R4 to R6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, but specifically, the ruler 1 as shown in the above general formula (1) The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group or the aryl group described in the substituent is synonymous, and these substituents may be further substituted with the same substituents as the substituents represented by R1 and R2 of the above general formula (1). Further, in the general formula (2), R7 represents a substituent, but specifically, it is synonymous with those described as the substituents represented by R1 and R2 in the above general formula (1), and these substituents may be further substituted by the same substituent. Representative specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) of the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. -12- 200949319

[化3〕1 — 1 1 一2 1-3 1一4[Chem. 3] 1 - 1 1 A 2 1-3 1 - 4

CH3CH3

CH=CH'-C02CH3 tC4H, OH v^^CHsCH-COjCHs t〇4H9CH=CH'-C02CH3 tC4H, OH v^^CHsCH-COjCHs t〇4H9

OH t〇4H9 v^L-CH-CH-COjC^OH t〇4H9 v^L-CH-CH-COjC^

V OCH, 1 一5V OCH, 1 to 5

-13- 200949319 [化4] 1 一β-13- 200949319 [Chemical 4] 1 β

OHOH

CH=CH^C〇2C4H» CO2C4H, 1-7CH=CH^C〇2C4H» CO2C4H, 1-7

1-81-8

OC4H· CH-COiCaHeOC4H· CH-COiCaHe

1-91-9

CH3OCH3O

CH=CHC02C4Ha 1-10 6H3 OH s^Js^CH^CHCOmC^cornerCH=CHC02C4Ha 1-10 6H3 OH s^Js^CH^CHCOmC^corner

-14 - 200949319-14 - 200949319

[化5] 1_12 1 一 13 1—14 1-15[化5] 1_12 1 a 13 1-14 1-15

OHOH

CHiCHi

tC4H9tC4H9

CH=CH-CN 200949319 [化6]CH=CH-CN 200949319 [Chemical 6]

OH 〇MOH 〇M

tC4H9 t〇4H,tC4H9 t〇4H,

C3HrOC〇CH=CH-T&lt;ii!SV-CH, ^CH=CH-C&lt;^C3HTC3HrOC〇CH=CH-T&lt;ii!SV-CH, ^CH=CH-C&lt;^C3HT

-16- 200949319 [化7] 1-21-16- 200949319 [化7] 1-21

OHOH

J&lt;^CH=CH-CN χτ CH^O^^Y^OeHa OCH3 1 一 22 ch3 OH sn^^CH=CH-CJ oc4h. 1-23J&lt;^CH=CH-CN χτ CH^O^^Y^OeHa OCH3 1 a 22 ch3 OH sn^^CH=CH-CJ oc4h. 1-23

nhcoc4h9 1-24 c4h9conhNhcoc4h9 1-24 c4h9conh

CH=drt-cd2c3H7 1-25CH=drt-cd2c3H7 1-25

OH Ci ClOH Ci Cl

-17- 200949319 [化8] 1—26 1-27-17- 200949319 [Chem. 8] 1-26 1-27

1-281-28

CH=CH-C02CHsCH=CH-C02CHs

CH=CH-C〇i〇H3 1一29 1—30CH=CH-C〇i〇H3 1~29 1-30

-18- 200949319 [化9] 1-31 CH3?H h3c h3c-18- 200949319 [Chemical 9] 1-31 CH3?H h3c h3c

ch=chIHVHs 1 0 ch3 —32 又, 1-33Ch=chIHVHs 1 0 ch3 —32 Again, 1-33

CH3 CH3〇HCH3 CH3〇H

chs〇hIH;1Chs〇hIH;1

CH 1-34 ^CH3h3c CH3&lt;?hCH 1-34 ^CH3h3c CH3&lt;?h

ch3 H3CCh3 H3C

ch3 CHa O CHaCh3 CHa O CHa

O ❹O ❹

〇 CHa 1-38 1-37〇 CHa 1-38 1-37

〇、 〇 C4H9(..,〇, 〇 C4H9 (..,

。令 h3c 19- 200949319 [化 10]. Order h3c 19- 200949319 [化10]

1-481-48

ο ch=ch4^ο ch=ch4^

°^0 200949319 [化 11]°^0 200949319 [化11]

1—54 1-551-54 1-55

-21 - 200949319 [化 12]-21 - 200949319 [Chem. 12]

22- 200949319 [化 13]22- 200949319 [Chem. 13]

且,將前述一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示結構的 雙鍵作爲軸的幾何異構物可爲順式、或反式。 本發明的一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示化合物可 藉由日本化學會誌711 ( 1998)等所記載之公知合成法而 容易合成。 -23- 200949319 以下對於有關本發明之前述一般式(η 、及一般式 (2)所示化合物的合成法做具體說明,但本發明未受到 這些限定。 合成例1-1 (例示化合物1-31之合成)經由維狄希反應(Wittig Reaction ) [化14] ❿Further, the geometrical isomers having the double bond of the structure represented by the above general formula (1) and the general formula (2) as a shaft may be cis or trans. The compound of the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) of the present invention can be easily synthesized by a known synthesis method described in J. Chem. 711 (1998). -23- 200949319 The synthesis method of the above general formula (η, and the general formula (2)) of the present invention will be specifically described below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Synthesis Example 1-1 (Illustrated Compound 1- Synthesis of 31) via Wittig Reaction [Chem. 14] ❿

於63〇ml之甲苯中溶解157.4g之三苯基鱗,加入 1 1 7g之t-丁基溴乙酸酯。經1小時放置後,將析出之粗生 成物以甲苯洗淨,定量地得到中間體A的結晶。於該中間 -24 - 200949319 體A260g中加入水650ml、甲苯650ml、碳酸鈉73.3g, Ο 室溫下進行2小時攪拌。分取出有機層後,減壓濃縮下得 到產率90%之中間體B的結晶。其次將3,5-二_t_丁基水楊 基醛44_8g溶解於470ml的甲醇,於此加入中間體B72g。 室溫下放置1天後,反應液中加入乙酸乙酯與水並水洗, 分取出有機層後,減壓濃縮而得到產率40%之白色結晶。 將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析’確認出 例示化合物1-31。 1H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.84 ( lH,d ) ,7.32 ( lH,d ) ,7·27 ( lH,d) ,6.33 ( lH,d) ,5.26 ( lH,s),1·52 ( 9H,s) ,1 .4 1 ( 9H,s ) ,1.28 ( 9H,s ) 合成例1 - 2 (例示化合物1-31的合成)經由海克反應(Heck reaction ) Ο -25- 200949319 [化 15]157.4 g of triphenylbenzene scale was dissolved in 63 ml of toluene, and 117 g of t-butylbromoacetate was added. After standing for 1 hour, the precipitated crude product was washed with toluene to quantitatively obtain a crystal of Intermediate A. Into the middle -24 - 200949319, 650 ml of water, 650 ml of toluene, and 73.3 g of sodium carbonate were added to the body A260g, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The organic layer was separated, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crystals of Intermediate B of 90% yield. Next, 3,5-di-t-butylsalicylaldehyde aldehyde 44_8 g was dissolved in 470 ml of methanol, and Intermediate B72g was added thereto. After allowing to stand at room temperature for 1 day, ethyl acetate and water were added to the mixture, and the mixture was washed with water, and the organic layer was evaporated. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum to confirm the exemplified compound 1-31. 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.84 ( lH,d ) , 7.32 ( lH,d ) , 7·27 ( lH,d) , 6.33 ( lH,d) , 5.26 ( lH,s),1·52 ( 9H , s) , 1. 4 1 ( 9H, s ) , 1.28 ( 9H, s ) Synthesis Example 1 - 2 (Synthesis of exemplified compound 1-31) via Heck reaction Ο -25- 200949319 [Chemical 15 ]

於甲苯240ml中加入2,4-二-t-丁基酚80.〇g後溶解, 冷卻至5°C,添加72.5g的48% HBr。其次,滴入37.9g的 35%H202,滴下終了後,再於室溫下進行4小時反應。反 應終了後除去水層,以NaHC03水溶液、及Na2S03水溶 液洗淨,再以水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮下定量地得 到溴體(bromo-form)結晶。其次’於二甲基乙酸胺 330ml添加溴體(bromo-form) llO.Og、t -丁基丙嫌酸醋 62.0g、碳酸氫鈉82.0g、氯化絕(II) 7mg、及三-η -丁基 胺7 · 0 g,於内溫1 1 〇 °C下進行3小時反應。反應後過濾碳 酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣’再以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行 洗淨,並以水洗後’分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之粗 結晶再以甲醇/水(7/1 )之混合溶劑進行再結晶’得到產 率85%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H_NMR及MASS光 -26- 200949319 譜進行分析,確認爲例示化合物1 -3 1。 1 H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.84( lH,d ) ,7.32 ( lH,d ) ,7.27 ( lH,d) ,6.33 ( lH,d) ,5.26 ( lH,s) ,1.52 ( 9H,s) ,1.41 ( 9H,s) ,1.28 ( 9H,s ) 合成例2 -1 (例示化合物1-54之合成)After adding 2,4-di-t-butylphenol (80 g) to 240 ml of toluene, it was dissolved, cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H202 was added dropwise, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was carried out for 4 hours at room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution, and washed with water, and then the toluene layer was separated, and bromo-form crystals were quantitatively obtained under reduced pressure. Secondly, 'bromo-form llO.Og, t-butyl propylene vinegar 62.0g, sodium hydrogencarbonate 82.0g, chlorinated (II) 7mg, and tri-n are added to 330ml of dimethylacetic acid amine. - Butylamine 7 · 0 g, and reacted at an internal temperature of 1 1 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, and washed with ethyl acetate and a dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and washed with water, and then the organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (7/1) to give white crystals with a yield of 85%. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H_NMR and MASS light -26-200949319 to confirm the exemplified compound 1-3. 1 H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.84 ( lH,d ) , 7.32 ( lH,d ) , 7.27 ( lH,d) , 6.33 ( lH,d) , 5.26 ( lH,s) , 1.52 ( 9H,s) , 1.41 (9H, s), 1.28 (9H, s) Synthesis Example 2 -1 (Synthesis of exemplified compound 1-54)

[化 16][Chemistry 16]

於甲苯240ml放入2,4-二-tert-戊基酚91.0g並溶解後 ,冷卻至5°C,再添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g 之3 5%H202,滴下終了後,再於室溫下繼續反應4小時。 反應終了後除去水層,以NaHC03水溶液、及Na2S03水 -27- 200949319 溶液洗淨,再以水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後定量地 得到溴體之結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺3 3 0ml添加溴體 122.(^、卜丁基丙烯酸酯62.(^、碳酸氫鈉82.(^、氯化鈀 (II ) 7mg、及三- η-丁基胺7.0g,内溫1 1 0°C下進行3小 時反應。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,以乙酸乙酯 與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨’再以水洗後,分取有機層後減 壓濃縮。將所得之殘渣以管柱層析法進行純化,得到產率 80%之透明液體。將所得之液體以1H-NMR及MASS光譜 進行分析,確認爲例示化合物1 _ 5 4。 1H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.89 ( lH,d ) ,7.23 ( lH,d ) ,7.19 ( lH,d) ,6.34 ( lH,d) ,5.38 ( lH,s) ,1.85 ( 2H,q) ,1.60 ( 2H,q) ,1-53 ( 9H,s) ,1.38 ( 6H,s) ,1.25 ( 6H,s) ,0.66 ( 6H,t ) 合成例3-1 (例示化合物1 -5 5之合成) 200949319 [化 17]After dissolving 91.0 g of 2,4-di-tert-pentylphenol in 240 ml of toluene, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was further added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H202 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 water -27-200949319 solution, and washed with water, and then the toluene layer was separated, and concentrated under reduced pressure to quantitatively obtain crystals of the bromine. Next, bromine 122. (^, butyl butyl acrylate 62. (^, sodium hydrogencarbonate 82. (^, palladium chloride (II) 7 mg, and tri- η-butyl) was added to dimethyl acetamide 3 30 ml. The reaction was carried out for 3 hours at an internal temperature of 110 ° C. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and then washed with water, and then the organic layer was separated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give a transparent liquid (yield: 80%). The obtained liquid was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectroscopy to confirm the compound 1 _ 5 4 . -NMR (CDC13): δ 7.89 ( lH,d ) , 7.23 ( lH,d ) , 7.19 ( lH,d) , 6.34 ( lH,d) , 5.38 ( lH,s) , 1.85 ( 2H,q) ,1.60 (2H,q), 1-53 (9H, s), 1.38 (6H, s), 1.25 (6H, s), 0.66 (6H, t) Synthesis Example 3-1 (Synthesis of exemplified compound 1 - 5 5) 200949319 [化17]

於甲苯24〇ml中加入2,4-二-α-枯烯基酚lW.Og並溶 解後,冷卻至 5°C,添加 72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入 37.9g的35 % H2〇2,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小 Ο 時反應。反應終了後,除去水層,以NaHC03水溶液、及 Na2S03水溶液洗淨,在經水洗後分取甲苯層’減壓濃縮後 得到產率9 5 %之溴體的結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺3 3 0ml 中添加溴體160.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯 62.0g、碳酸氫鈉 82_0g、氯化鈀(II ) 7mg、及三-η-丁基胺 7.0g,内溫 11 0 °C下反應3小時。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣 ,再以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,再經水洗後, 分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之殘渣以管柱層析法進行 純化後得到產率82%之透明液體。將所得之液體以1H_ -29- 200949319 NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認爲例示化合物1-55。 1 H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.75 ( 1 Η,d ),7 · 3 7 〜7.2 5 ( 12H,m) ,6.28 ( lH,d) ,4.62 ( lH,s) ,1.72 ( 6H,s) ,1.58 ( 6H,s ) ,1.46( 9H,s ) 合成例4 - 1After 2,4-di-α-cumenylphenol 1W.Og was added to 24 ml of toluene and dissolved, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H2〇2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution, and after washing with water, the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crystal of bromo br. Next, 160.0 g of bromine, 62.0 g of t-butyl acrylate, 82_0 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 7 mg of palladium(II) chloride, and 3.0 g of tri-n-butylamine were added to 3,100 ml of dimethylacetamide. The reaction was carried out at an internal temperature of 11 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water, and then the organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to give a transparent liquid of 82% yield. The obtained liquid was analyzed by 1H_-29-200949319 NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be an exemplified compound 1-55. 1 H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.75 ( 1 Η, d ), 7 · 3 7 ~ 7.2 5 ( 12H, m) , 6.28 ( lH, d) , 4.62 ( lH, s) , 1.72 ( 6H, s) , 1.58 ( 6H, s ) , 1.46 ( 9H, s ) Synthesis Example 4 - 1

(例示化合物1-62之合成) [化 18](Synthesis of Compound 1-62) [Chem. 18]

ch3 十CHj CH,Ch3 ten CHj CH,

於甲苯2 4 0 m 1放入4,6 -二-1 e r t - 丁基-m -甲酌8 6 · 0 g並 溶解後,冷卻至5°C,再添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴 入37.9g之35%H202,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4 小時反應。反應終了後,除去水層,並以NaHC03水溶液 、及Na2S03水溶液洗淨,在經水洗後,分取甲苯層,減 -30- 200949319 壓濃縮後得到產率90%的溴體(bromo-form)之結 次於二甲基乙醯胺3 30ml添加溴體(bromo-form) 、t-丁基丙烯酸酯62.0g、碳酸氫鈉82.0g、氯化銳 7mg、及三-η-丁基胺7.0g,於内溫ll〇°C下進行3 應》反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,再以乙酸 稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,並經水洗後,分取有機層 濃縮。將所得之粗結晶以甲醇/水(7/1 )的混合溶 再結晶後,得到產率8 1 %之白色結晶。將所得之 1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認爲例示化合 〇 1H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 8.07( 1 H,d ) ,7.60 ( ,6.40 ( lH,d) ,5.28 ( lH,s) ,2.65 ( 3H,s) ,1.52 ( ,1.39 ( 9H,s ) ,1.26( 9H,s ) 合成例5 -1 (例示化合物1-70之合成) 晶。其 117.0g ! ( II) 小時反 乙酯與 後減壓 劑進行 結晶以 物 1 -62 lH,s ) 9H,s ) -31 - HSC- 200949319 [化 19]After 4,6-di-1 e r t -butyl-m-methine 8 6 · 0 g was placed in toluene 2 4 m 1 and dissolved, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was further added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H202 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for 4 hours at room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, and washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution. After washing with water, the toluene layer was separated and reduced by -30-200949319 to obtain a bromo-form having a yield of 90%. The addition was followed by dimethyl acetamide 3 30 ml of bromo-form, t-butyl acrylate 62.0 g, sodium hydrogencarbonate 82.0 g, chlorinated sharp 7 mg, and tri-η-butylamine 7.0. g, after the reaction at the internal temperature ll 〇 ° C, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with a dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and washed with water, and the organic layer was separated and concentrated. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixture of methanol/water (7/1) to give white crystals (yield: 81%). The obtained 1H-NMR and MASS spectra were analyzed and confirmed to be an exemplified compound 〇1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 8.07 ( 1 H, d ) , 7.60 ( , 6.40 ( lH, d) , 5.28 ( lH, s) , 2.65 ( 3H, s) , 1.52 ( , 1.39 ( 9H, s ) , 1.26 ( 9H, s ) Synthetic Example 5 -1 (Synthesis of the exemplified compound 1-70) crystal. 117.0 g (II) H. Crystallization with a post-reducing agent 1 - 62 lH, s ) 9H, s ) -31 - HSC- 200949319 [Chem. 19]

-ch3 kCH, H,C^CH3-ch3 kCH, H,C^CH3

CH, (jT °+CH3 ch3 H,C--CH,CH, (jT °+CH3 ch3 H, C--CH,

於甲苯240ml加入4_tert_辛基酚80.0g並溶解後,冷 卻至5°C,再添加72_5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37 9g的 3 5 %心〇2 ’滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小時反應。 反應終了後,除去水層,並以NaHC03水溶液、及Na2S〇3 水溶液洗淨’再經水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後得到 產率90%之溴體(bromo-form )之結晶。其次於二甲基乙 醯胺330ml中添加溴體(bromo-form) lll.Og、t· 丁基丙 烯酸酯56.0g、碳酸氫鈉74.0g、氯化鈀(II) 6mg、及三-η-丁基胺6.3g,並於内溫1 10°C下進行3小時反應。反應 後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,並以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水 溶液洗淨,再經水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得 之粗結晶以甲醇/水(7/ 1 )之混合溶劑進行再結晶後,得 到82%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光 200949319 譜進行分析後,確認爲例示化合物1 - 7 1。 1H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.84 ( lH,d),7·41 〜7·19 ( 3 Η,m ),5.4 1 ( 1 Η,s ),1 · 6 7 ( 2 Η,s ),1 · 5 4 ( 9 Η,s ),1.3 2 ( 6H,s ) ,0.69 ( 9H,s ) 合成例6 -1 (例示化合物1-71之合成)After adding 80.0 g of 4_tert-octylphenol to 240 ml of toluene and dissolving, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72_5 g of 48% HBr was further added. Next, 37 9 g of 3 5 % palpitations 2 ' was added dropwise, and the reaction was continued for 4 hours at room temperature. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, and washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 S 3 aqueous solution. After washing with water, the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crystal of bromo-form of yield of 90%. . Next, bromo-form lll.Og, t. butyl acrylate 56.0 g, sodium hydrogencarbonate 74.0 g, palladium chloride (II) 6 mg, and tri-η- were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. Butylamine 6.3 g was reacted at an internal temperature of 10 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and then washed with water. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (7/1) to give white crystals of 82%. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS light 200949319, and was confirmed to be the exemplified compound 1 - 7 1 . 1H-NMR (CDC13) : δ 7.84 ( lH,d),7·41 ~7·19 ( 3 Η,m ),5.4 1 ( 1 Η,s ),1 · 6 7 ( 2 Η,s ),1 · 5 4 ( 9 Η, s ), 1.3 2 ( 6H, s ) , 0.69 ( 9H, s ) Synthesis Example 6 -1 (Synthesis of exemplified compound 1-71)

[化 20][Chem. 20]

H3C_ _CHa Ο Ο 於甲苯240ml放入ρ-枯烯基酚83.0g並溶解後’冷卻 至5。(:,添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g的 3 5%H2〇2,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小時反應。 反應終了後,除去水層,以NaHC03水溶液、及Na2S03 水溶液進行洗淨,再經水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後 -33- 200949319H3C_ _CHa Ο 放入 Into 240 ml of toluene, 83.0 g of p-cumenylphenol was added and dissolved, and then cooled to 5. (:, 72.5 g of 48% HBr was added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H2〇2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, and the aqueous solution of NaHC03 was used. Washed with Na2S03 aqueous solution, and then washed with water, the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure -33-200949319

得到產率90%的溴體(bromo-form )之結晶。其次於二甲 基乙醯胺 330ml中添加溴體(bromo-form) 100.〇g、t-丁 基丙烯酸酯56.0g、碳酸氫鈉74.0g、氯化鈀(II)6mg、 及三-η-丁基胺6.3g,内溫110 °C下進行3小時反應。反應 後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶 液進行洗淨,再經水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所 得之粗結晶以甲醇/水(8/1 )的混合溶劑進行再結晶,得 到產率 83%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以 1H-NMR及 MASS光譜進行分析後,確認爲例示化合物1-71。 1H-NMR ( CDC13 ) : δ 7.93 ( lH,d),7.38 〜6_75 ( 8H,m) ,6.71 ( lH,s) ,6.55 ( lH,d) ,1.68 ( 6H,s) ,1.56 ( 9H,s )A bromo-form crystal of 90% yield was obtained. Next, bromo-form 100. g, t-butyl acrylate 56.0 g, sodium hydrogencarbonate 74.0 g, palladium (II) chloride 6 mg, and tri-n η were added to 330 ml of dimethyl acetamide. 6.3 g of butylamine was reacted at an internal temperature of 110 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water, and then the organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (8/1) to give white crystals of 83% yield. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was identified as the compound 1-71. 1H-NMR (CDC13): δ 7.93 ( lH,d), 7.38 ~6_75 ( 8H,m) , 6.71 ( lH,s) , 6.55 ( lH,d) ,1.68 ( 6H,s) ,1.56 ( 9H,s )

本發明中’前述一般式(1)所示化合物的添加量以 不損害本發明之目的之範圍下可適宜地選擇,但對纖維素 醋100質量份而百,一般爲0.001〜2.0質量份,較佳爲 0.01〜1.0質量份’更佳爲0.05〜0.5質量份。可倂用彼等 2種以上。 又’可含有隨製造之雜質(例如原料、副產物)。作 爲副產物之例子’可舉出以下一般式(3)之化合物。 -34- 200949319 [化 21] -般式卩}In the present invention, the amount of the compound represented by the above general formula (1) can be appropriately selected insofar as the object of the present invention is not impaired, but it is usually 0.001 to 2.0 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the cellulose vinegar. It is preferably 0.01 to 1.0 part by mass 'more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 part by mass. Two or more of them can be used. Further, it may contain impurities (e.g., raw materials, by-products) which are produced. As an example of a by-product, the following compound of the general formula (3) can be mentioned. -34- 200949319 [Chem. 21] - General 卩}

(R1)„ (式中,R1表示取代基、η表示〇〜4之整數。複數R1可 相同或相異)。 作爲一般式(3)之取代基與前述一般式(1)之Ri 同義。 《光學薄膜》 其次’對於本發明之光學薄膜做詳細說明。 本發明中’所謂光學薄膜爲使用於液晶顯示器、電漿 顯示器、有機EL顯示器等各種顯示裝置的功能薄膜,詳 細爲含有液晶顯示裝置用之偏光板保護薄膜、相位差薄膜 、反射防止薄膜、亮度提高薄膜、硬塗佈薄膜、防眩薄膜 、防靜電薄膜、視野角擴大等光學補償薄膜等。 作爲本發明光學薄膜之基材的樹脂薄膜所使用的樹脂 ,除纖維素酯系樹脂單獨、或纖維素酯系樹脂以外,可舉 出可倂用聚碳酸酯系樹脂、聚苯乙烯系樹脂、聚颯系樹脂 、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯丙基系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂(亦含共 聚物)、烯烴系樹脂(原菠烯系樹脂、環狀烯烴系樹脂、 環狀共軛二烯系樹脂、乙烯基脂環式碳化氫系樹脂等)、 -35- 200949319 纖維素醚系樹脂、乙烯基系樹脂(亦含聚乙酸乙烯基系樹 脂、聚乙烯基醇系樹脂等)等樹脂者。其中以纖維素酯系 樹脂單獨、或倂用纖維素酯系樹脂與丙烯酸系樹脂者爲佳 ,其亦以纖維素酯系樹脂單獨爲最佳。 作爲纖維素酯系樹脂以外的樹脂含有量以0.1〜70質 量%爲佳,1〜3 0質量%爲較佳。 有關本發明之光學薄膜可適用於偏光板保護薄膜(含 賦予功能性層的偏光板保護薄膜)、及相位差薄膜。 《纖維素酯》 其次,對於含有有關本發明之纖維素酯及纖維素酯的 光學薄膜(以下僅稱爲纖維素酯薄膜)做詳細敘述。 本發明所使用的纖維素酯薄膜可藉由溶液流延法、熔 融流延法而製造。溶液流延法爲將纖維素酯溶解於溶劑中 的溶液(摻合)於支持體上流延,蒸發溶劑後形成薄膜。 熔融流延法爲將纖維素酯藉由加熱進行熔融(melt)者流 延於支持體上而形成薄膜。熔融流延法因可大量減少薄膜 製造時的有機溶劑使用量,故與使用大量有機溶劑之過去 溶液流延法相比較,可得到環境適性大幅度提高的薄膜, 故於本發明中藉由熔融流延法製造纖維素酯薄膜爲佳。 所謂本發明中之熔融流延爲,未使用溶劑而將纖維素 酯加熱熔融至顯示流動性的溫度,再使用此進行製膜的方 法’例如將流動性纖維素酯由模具擠壓後製膜的方法。且 調製熔融纖維素酯之過程一部份中可使用溶劑,但於成形 -36- 200949319 爲薄膜狀所進行的熔融製膜製程中,可未使用溶劑下進行 成形加工。 作爲構成光學薄膜之纖維素酯,僅爲可熔融製膜之纖 維素酯即可,並無特別限定,例如亦可使用芳香族羧酸酯 等,但有鑑於得到光學特性等之薄膜特性,使用纖維素之 低級脂肪酸酯者爲佳。所謂本發明中之纖維素低級脂肪酸 酯中的低級脂肪酸表示碳原子數爲5以下之脂肪酸,例如 _ 可舉出纖維素乙酸酯、纖維素丙酸酯、纖維素丁酸酯、纖 ❹ 維素三甲基乙酸酯等以纖維素之低級脂肪酸酯作爲較佳者 。由碳原子數爲6以上之脂肪酸所取代之纖維素酯中,熔 融製膜性爲良好,但所得之纖維素酯薄膜的力學特性較低 ,難以作爲實質光學薄膜使用。欲兼具力學特性與熔融製 膜性雙方,可使用如纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯或纖維素乙酸酯 丁酸酯等之混合脂肪酸酯。且’對於溶液流延製膜中一般 使用的纖維素酯之三乙醯纖維素,其爲熔融溫度比分解溫 Q 度還高之纖維素酯’故難以使用於熔融製膜上。 上述纖維素酯中,亦以使用纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯、纖 維素乙酸酯丁酸酯爲佳。 其次,對於本發明所使用的纖維素酯的醯基之取代度 做說明。 纖維素中,1葡萄糖單位的第2位、第3位、第6位 上各具有1個共計3個羥基,所謂總取代度爲’平均1葡 萄糖單位上結合若干醯基之所示數値。因此’最大取代度 爲3〇。彼等醯基爲葡萄糖單位之第2位、第3位、第6 -37- 200949319 位上可平均地取代或亦可分佈下取代。 作爲混合脂肪酸酯之取代度,更佳之纖維素乙酸酯丙 酸酯或纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯的低級脂肪酸酯爲具有碳原子 數2〜4的醯基作爲取代基,將乙醯基之取代度作爲X, 將丙醯基或丁醯基之取代度作爲Y時,含有可同時滿足下 述式(I) 、(II)及(ΠΙ)之纖維素酯的纖維素酯。且 ,乙醯基之取代度與其他醯基之取代度爲藉由 ASTM-D81 7-96所規定之方法求得者。 式(I) 2.4SX + YS2.9 式(II ) 0SXS2.4 式(III ) 0_5 S YS2.9 其中,特別以使用纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯爲佳,其中亦 以1.2SXS2.1,0.6SYS1.4爲佳。摻合醯基的取代度相 異的纖維素酯,作爲纖維素酯薄膜全體可於上述範圍中。 未以上述醯基進行取代的部分一般作爲羥基而存在。這些 可由公知方法進行合成。 本發明所使用的纖維素酯爲具有5 0000〜1 5 0000的數 平均分子量(Μη)者爲佳,具有5 5 000〜1 20000之數平均 分子量者爲更佳,具有60000〜1 00000之數平均分子量者 爲最佳。 且,本發明所使用的纖維素酯使用重量平均分子量( Mw )/數平均分子量(Μη )比爲1 .3〜5 .5者爲佳,特別使 用1.5〜5.0者爲佳,較佳爲1·7〜4.0,更佳爲2·0〜3.5之 纖維素酯。 -38 - 200949319 且,Μη及Mw/Mn可由下述要領,藉由凝膠滲透層析 法之算出。 測定條件如下所示。 溶劑 :四氫呋喃 裝置 :HLC-8220 ( Tosoh (股)製) 管柱 :TSKgel SuperHM-M ( Tosoh (股)製)(R1) „ (wherein R1 represents a substituent, and η represents an integer of 〇~4. The plural R1 may be the same or different). The substituent of the general formula (3) has the same meaning as Ri of the above general formula (1). <<Optical Film>> Next, the optical film of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present invention, the optical film is a functional film used for various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and is specifically a liquid crystal display device. The polarizing plate protective film, the retardation film, the antireflection film, the brightness enhancement film, the hard coating film, the antiglare film, the antistatic film, the optical compensation film such as the expansion of the viewing angle, etc. are used as the substrate of the optical film of the present invention. The resin used for the resin film may be a polycarbonate resin, a polystyrene resin, a polyfluorene resin, or a polyester resin, in addition to the cellulose ester resin alone or the cellulose ester resin. Polyallyl resin, acrylic resin (also containing copolymer), olefin resin (original spinylene resin, cyclic olefin resin, cyclic conjugated diene system) Resin, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, etc.), -35- 200949319 A resin such as a cellulose ether resin or a vinyl resin (including a polyvinyl acetate resin or a polyvinyl alcohol resin). Among them, the cellulose ester-based resin alone or the cellulose ester-based resin and the acrylic resin are preferred, and the cellulose ester-based resin is also preferably used alone. The resin content other than the cellulose ester-based resin is 0.1 to 70% by mass is preferable, and 1 to 30% by mass is preferable. The optical film of the present invention can be suitably used for a polarizing plate protective film (including a polarizing plate protective film imparting a functional layer) and a retardation film. Cellulose esters. Next, an optical film (hereinafter simply referred to as a cellulose ester film) containing the cellulose ester and the cellulose ester of the present invention will be described in detail. The cellulose ester film used in the present invention can be passed through a solution stream. It is produced by a casting method and a melt casting method. The solution casting method is a solution in which a cellulose ester is dissolved in a solvent (blending) is cast on a support, and a solvent is evaporated to form a film. The melt casting method is The cellulose ester is melted by heating and cast on the support to form a film. The melt casting method can greatly reduce the amount of the organic solvent used in the production of the film, and thus the solution is cast in the past with a large amount of the organic solvent. In comparison with the method, a film having a greatly improved environmental suitability can be obtained. Therefore, in the present invention, a cellulose ester film is preferably produced by a melt casting method. The melt casting in the present invention is a cellulose ester which is obtained without using a solvent. Heating and melting to a temperature at which fluidity is exhibited, and a method of forming a film by using the method, for example, a method in which a fluidized cellulose ester is extruded from a mold to form a film, and a solvent can be used in a part of a process of preparing a molten cellulose ester. However, in the melt film forming process in the form of a film in the form of -36-200949319, the forming process can be carried out without using a solvent. The cellulose ester constituting the optical film is only a cellulose ester which can be melt-formed. There is no particular limitation. For example, an aromatic carboxylic acid ester or the like may be used. However, in view of obtaining film characteristics such as optical characteristics, a lower fatty acid ester of cellulose is used. Better. The lower fatty acid in the cellulose lower fatty acid ester of the present invention means a fatty acid having 5 or less carbon atoms, for example, cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose. A lower fatty acid ester of cellulose is preferred as the vitamin trimethyl acetate. In the cellulose ester substituted with a fatty acid having 6 or more carbon atoms, the melt film forming property is good, but the obtained cellulose ester film has low mechanical properties and is difficult to use as a substantially optical film. In order to combine both mechanical properties and melt film properties, a mixed fatty acid ester such as cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate may be used. Further, 'triacetyl cellulose which is a cellulose ester which is generally used in solution casting film formation, which is a cellulose ester having a melting temperature higher than a decomposition temperature, is difficult to use for melt film formation. Among the above cellulose esters, cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate are also preferably used. Next, the degree of substitution of the thiol group of the cellulose ester used in the present invention will be described. In the cellulose, the first, third, and sixth positions of the 1 glucose unit each have one total of three hydroxyl groups, and the total degree of substitution is the number 値 of the number of sulfhydryl groups bonded to the average of 1 glucose unit. Therefore, the maximum degree of substitution is 3〇. These thiol groups may be substituted on the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th - 37th to 200949319th positions of the glucose unit, or may be substituted. As a degree of substitution of the mixed fatty acid ester, more preferably, the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate is a thiol group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and The degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group is X, and when the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group or the butyl group is Y, a cellulose ester which can satisfy the cellulose esters of the following formulas (I), (II) and (ΠΙ) is contained. Further, the degree of substitution of the thiol group with the degree of substitution of other thiol groups is determined by the method specified in ASTM-D81 7-96. Formula (I) 2.4SX + YS2.9 Formula (II) 0SXS2.4 Formula (III) 0_5 S YS2.9 Among them, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferred, and 1.2SXS2.1 is also used. 0.6SYS1.4 is preferred. The cellulose ester having a different degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group may be in the above range as the cellulose ester film as a whole. The portion which is not substituted with the above mercapto group is generally present as a hydroxyl group. These can be synthesized by a known method. The cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably a number average molecular weight (??) having a mass ratio of from 50,000 to 150,000, and preferably having a number average molecular weight of from 55,000 to 120,000, having a number of from 60,000 to 10,000. The average molecular weight is the best. Further, the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (?η) ratio of from 1.3 to 5. 5, particularly preferably from 1.5 to 5.0, preferably 1 7 to 4.0, more preferably 2 to 0 to 3.5 cellulose ester. -38 - 200949319 Further, Μη and Mw/Mn can be calculated by gel permeation chromatography from the following method. The measurement conditions are as follows. Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Unit: HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Column: TSKgel SuperHM-M (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.)

管柱溫度:40°C q 試料濃度:〇 . 1質量% 注入量 :1 0 μ 1 流量 :0.6ml/min 校對曲線:使用藉由標準聚苯乙嫌:PS-1 (Polymer Laboratories 公司製)Mw = 2,560,000 〜580 的 9 樣品所得 之校對曲線。 本發明所使用的纖維素酯之原料纖維素可爲木材紙漿 或綿花絨,木材紙漿可爲針葉樹或闊葉樹,但以針葉樹較 0 佳。由製膜時的剝離性來看,使用綿花絨爲佳。這些所製 得之纖維素酯可適宜混合、或單獨使用。 例如,可使用綿花絨由来纖維素酯:來自木材紙漿( 針葉樹)之纖維素酯:來自木材紙漿(闊葉樹)之纖維素 酯之比率爲 100: 〇: 〇、 90: 10: 0、 85: 15: 0、 50: 50 :0 、 20 : 80 : 0 、 10 : 90 : 0 、 0 : 100 : 0 、 0 : 0 : 100 、 80 : 10 : 10 、 85 : 0 : 15 、 40 : 30 : 30 ° 纖維素酯爲,例如將原料纖維素之羥基使用乙酸酐、 丙酸酐及/或丁酸酐依據常法將乙醯基、丙醯基及/或丁基 -39- 200949319 取代於上述範圍内而得到。如此纖維素酯之合成方法並無 特別限定’例如可參考特開平1 0-45804號或特表平6-501040號所記載的方法進行合成。 本發明所使用的纖維素酯之鹼土類金屬含有量以1〜 5〇ppm之範圍爲佳。超過50ppm時模唇附著污垢會增加或 熱延伸時或熱延伸後之分條(slitting )部容易斷裂。未達 lppm時亦容易斷裂,其理由尙未清楚。未達ippm時,因 洗淨步驟的負擔過於大亦不佳。且以1〜30ppm之範圍爲 佳。其中所謂的鹼土類金屬爲Ca、Mg之總含有量,可使 用X線光電子分光分析裝置(XPS )進行測定。 本發明所使用的纖維素酯中殘留硫酸含有量以硫元素 換算爲0_1〜45PPm之範圍時爲佳。可推定彼等以鹽之形 式含有。殘留硫酸含有量若超過4 5 ppm時,熱熔融時的模 唇(lip )部附著物會增加而不佳。又,熱延伸時或熱延伸 後之分條(slitting )時容易斷裂故不佳。較少爲佳,但未 達0」時,不僅纖維素酯之洗淨步驟的負担會過大而不佳 ,相反地容易斷裂而不佳。此可能爲洗淨次數增加而影響 到樹脂但並不完全明瞭。且以1〜3 Oppm之範圍爲佳。殘 留硫酸含有量可由ASTM-D8 17-96所規定之方法進行測定 本發明所使用的纖維素酯中之游離酸含有量以1〜 5 00ppm爲佳。若超過 500ppm時,模唇(lip)部的附著 物會增加,且容易斷裂。若超過5 00ppm時模唇(lip )部 的附著物會增加,且容易斷裂。洗淨下難以未達1 PPm ° -40- 200949319 且1〜lOOppm之範圍爲較佳,更難斷裂。特別以1〜 70ppm之範圍爲佳。游離酸含有量可藉由 ASTM-D817-96 所規定之方法進行測定。 將經合成之纖維素酯的洗淨與使用溶液流延法時相比 較,可藉由進一步充分進行下,可使殘留酸含有量於上述 範圍內,藉由熔融流延法製造薄膜時,可得到對模唇(lip )部之附著減輕,平面性優良之薄膜,得到尺寸變化、機 ^ 械強度、透明性、耐透濕性、Rt値、R〇値良好之薄膜。 〇 又,纖維素酯的洗淨,除水以外,亦可使用如甲醇、乙醇 之弱溶劑、或只要結果爲弱溶劑即可之弱溶劑與良溶劑之 混合溶劑,可除去殘留酸以外之無機物、低分子之有機雜 質。且纖維素酯之洗淨可由如受阻胺、亞磷酸酯之抗氧化 劑的存在下進行爲佳,可提高纖維素酯之耐熱性、製膜安 定性。 又,欲提高纖維素酯之耐熱性、機械物性、光學物性 0 等,溶解於纖維素酯之良溶劑後,再沈澱於弱溶劑中,可 除去纖維素酯之低分子量成分、其他雜質。此時,與前述 纖維素酯之洗淨同樣,可存在抗氧化劑下進行爲佳。 且,纖維素酯之再沈澱處理後,可添加其他聚合物或 低分子化合物。 又,本發明所使用的纖維素酯作爲薄膜時的亮點異物 較少者爲佳。所謂亮點異物爲,將2片偏光板配置成直交 (正交尼科耳),於其間配置纖維素酯薄膜,由一方以光 源照射,由另一面觀察纖維素酯薄膜時,見到光源之光漏 -41 - 200949319 的點。此時評估所使用的偏光板爲無亮點異物的保護薄膜 所構成者爲佳,使用於偏光子之保護上使用玻璃板者爲佳 。亮點異物之原因之一可考慮爲含於纖維素酯之未醋化或 低醋化度的纖維素所致,使用亮點異物較少的纖維素酯( 使用取代度之分散較小的纖維素酯)、與過濾經熔融之纖 維素酯、或纖維素酯之合成後期的過程或得到沈澱物之過 程的至少任一過程中,可使其一度成爲溶液狀態同樣經由 過濾步驟而將亮點異物除去。熔融樹脂因黏度較高,故後 者之方法較有效率。 薄膜膜厚越薄,每單位面積之亮點異物數變少,含於 薄膜之纖維素酯的含有量越少,亮點異物有越少的傾向, 但亮點異物以亮點之直徑0.01 mm以上爲200個/cm2以下 者爲佳’ 100個/cm2以下者爲較佳,50個/cm2以下者爲更 佳’ 30個/cm2以下者爲特佳,1〇個/cm2以下者爲極佳, 全無爲最佳。又,對於0.005〜0.01mm以下之亮點,亦以 200個/cm2以下者爲佳,1〇〇個/cm2以下者爲較佳,50個 /cm2以下爲更佳,30個/cm2以下者爲特佳,10個/cm2以 下者爲極佳’全無爲最佳。 將亮點異物藉由熔融過濾除去時,與將單獨熔融纖維 素酯者進行過濾相比,將添加可塑劑、劣化防止劑、抗氧 化劑等後混合的纖維素酯組成物進行過濾者,於亮點異物 之除去效率上較高且較佳。當然於纖維素酯之合成時,溶 解於溶劑後經過濾而減低亦可。亦可適當混合紫外線吸收 劑、其他添加物者後進行過濾。過濾爲含有纖維素酯之熔 -42- 200949319 融物黏度爲l〇〇〇〇Pa_s以下下進行過濾者爲佳,5000Pa.s 以下爲較佳,l〇〇〇Pa’s以下者爲更佳,500Pa.s以下者爲 特佳。作爲濾材,可使用玻璃繊維、纖維素繊維、濾紙、 四氟化乙烯樹脂等氟樹脂等過去公知者爲佳,特別以陶瓷 、金屬等爲佳。作爲絕對過濾精度以50μπι以下者爲佳, 3 0μιη以下者爲較佳’ 1〇μηι以下者爲更佳,5μιη以下者爲 最佳。這些可適宜組合後使用。濾材可使用表面過濾型或 ❹ 深度過濾型,體積過濾型因比較不會阻塞而較佳。 其他實施型態中,亦可將原料的纖維素酯至少一度溶 解於溶劑後,使用溶劑經乾燥之纖維素酯。此時,使用與 至少1種可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、劣化防止劑、抗氧化劑 及消光劑共同溶解於溶劑後經乾燥之纖維素酯。作爲溶劑 ,可使用二氯甲烷、乙酸甲基、二氧雜戊環等於溶液流延 法所使用的良溶劑’同時可使用甲醇、乙醇、丁醇等弱溶 劑。溶解過程下可冷卻至-20 °C以下、或加熱至80°C以上 0 亦可。使用如此纖維素酯時,容易均勻混合熔融狀態時的 各添加物,可使光學特性均勻。 本發明的光學薄膜可爲適宜地混合纖維素酯以外的高 分子成分者。經混合之高分子成分爲’與纖維素酯之相溶 性優良者爲佳,作爲薄膜時之透過率爲8 0 %以上’較佳爲 9 0 %以上,更佳爲9 2 %以上。 《抗氧化劑》 成爲本發明的光學薄膜之基材的樹脂不僅會經熱亦會 -43- 200949319 經氧而促進其分解,故對於本發明之光學薄膜而言,含有 作爲安定化劑之抗氧化劑者爲佳。 特別於如進行熔融製膜之高溫環境下,因會因薄膜成 形材料之熱、及氧而促進分解,故含有抗氧化劑者爲佳。 又,本發明中之較佳型態的纖維素酯爲,藉由弱溶劑 進行懸浮洗淨時,抗氧化劑存在下進行洗淨亦佳。所使用 之抗氧化劑僅爲可使纖維素酯所產生的自由基不活性化、 或可抑制於纖維素酯所產生的自由基上加成氧所引起的纖 維素酯的劣化之化合物即可,並無特別限定。 纖維素酯的懸浮洗淨上所使用之抗氧化劑亦可於洗淨 後殘存於纖維素酯中。殘存量以0.01〜2000ppm爲佳,較 佳爲 0_05 〜lOOOppm,更佳爲 0.1 〜lOOppm。 作爲本發明中有用之抗氧化劑,僅可抑制藉由氧之薄 膜成形材料的劣化之化合物即可,並無特別限定,其中作 爲有用抗氧化劑,可舉出酚系化合物、受阻胺系化合物、 磷系化合物、硫系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化 合物、氧清除劑等,彼等中,特別以受阻酚系化合物、磷 系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化合物爲佳。藉由 添加這些化合物,不會降低透明性、耐熱性等,且可防止 因熱或熱氧化劣化等所造成的成形體之著色或強度降低。 這些抗氧化劑可各單獨、或組合2種以上後使用。 (酚系化合物) 作爲本發明所使用的有用抗氧化劑之一,以酚系化合 -44 - 200949319 物爲佳。 酚系化合物爲已知的化合物,例如如美國專利第 4,839,405號說明書的第12〜14欄所記載,含於2,6 -二烷 基酚衍生物化合物。作爲如此化合物中之較佳化合物,以 下述一般式(A)所示化合物爲佳。Column temperature: 40 ° C q Sample concentration: 〇. 1 mass % Injection amount: 10 μ 1 Flow rate: 0.6 ml/min Calibration curve: Use of standard polystyrene: PS-1 (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) Proofreading curve for 9 samples with Mw = 2,560,000 to 580. The raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton velvet, and the wood pulp may be conifer or broad-leaved tree, but the conifer is better than 0. From the viewpoint of the peeling property at the time of film formation, it is preferable to use cotton velvet. These obtained cellulose esters may be suitably mixed or used alone. For example, a cellulose ester derived from cotton velvet can be used: cellulose ester from wood pulp (coniferous tree): the ratio of cellulose ester from wood pulp (broadleaf tree) is 100: 〇: 〇, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15 : 0, 50: 50 : 0 , 20 : 80 : 0 , 10 : 90 : 0 , 0 : 100 : 0 , 0 : 0 : 100 , 80 : 10 : 10 , 85 : 0 : 15 , 40 : 30 : 30 ° Cellulose ester is, for example, the hydroxyl group of the raw material cellulose is replaced by acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride and/or butyric anhydride according to the usual method, and ethyl acetonitrile, propyl fluorenyl and/or butyl-39-200949319 are substituted in the above range. get. The method for synthesizing the cellulose ester is not particularly limited. For example, it can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-10-50804 or JP-A-6-501040. The content of the alkaline earth metal of the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ppm. When the amount exceeds 50 ppm, the adhesion of the lip to the die may increase or the slitting portion may be easily broken during the heat extension or after the heat extension. It is also easy to break when it is less than 1 ppm, and the reason is not clear. When the amount is less than ippm, the burden of the washing step is too large or too bad. It is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 ppm. The so-called alkaline earth metal is a total content of Ca and Mg, and can be measured by an X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy analyzer (XPS). The residual sulfuric acid content in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of from 0 to 45 ppm in terms of sulfur element. It can be assumed that they are contained in the form of salt. When the residual sulfuric acid content exceeds 4 5 ppm, the deposit at the lip portion during heat fusion may increase. Moreover, it is not easy to break when slitting during hot stretching or after heat stretching. Less is preferable, but when it is less than 0", not only the burden of the washing step of the cellulose ester is too large, but it is not easy to break. This may affect the resin for an increase in the number of washes but it is not entirely clear. It is preferably in the range of 1 to 3 Oppm. The residual sulfuric acid content can be measured by the method specified in ASTM-D8 17-96. The free acid content of the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably from 1 to 500 ppm. When it exceeds 500 ppm, the adhesion of the lip portion increases and it is easily broken. When it exceeds 500 ppm, the deposit of the lip portion increases and it is easily broken. It is difficult to break under the condition of 1 PPm ° -40- 200949319 and 1~100 ppm. It is more difficult to break. It is particularly preferably in the range of 1 to 70 ppm. The free acid content can be determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96. When the synthetic cellulose ester is washed and compared with the case of using the solution casting method, the residual acid content can be made into the above range by further sufficiently performing, and when the film is produced by the melt casting method, A film having a reduced adhesion to the lip portion and excellent planarity is obtained, and a film having dimensional change, mechanical strength, transparency, moisture permeability resistance, Rt 値, and R 〇値 is obtained. Further, in addition to water, a cellulose solvent may be used, and a weak solvent such as methanol or ethanol may be used, or a mixed solvent of a weak solvent and a good solvent may be used as a weak solvent to remove inorganic substances other than residual acid. Low molecular organic impurities. Further, the washing of the cellulose ester is preferably carried out in the presence of an antioxidant such as a hindered amine or a phosphite, and the heat resistance and film-forming stability of the cellulose ester can be improved. Further, in order to improve the heat resistance, mechanical properties, and optical properties of the cellulose ester, it is dissolved in a good solvent of the cellulose ester, and then precipitated in a weak solvent to remove low molecular weight components and other impurities of the cellulose ester. In this case, as in the case of washing the cellulose ester, it may be preferably carried out under the presence of an antioxidant. Further, after the reprecipitation treatment of the cellulose ester, other polymers or low molecular compounds may be added. Further, it is preferred that the cellulose ester used in the present invention has a small amount of foreign matter as a film. The bright spot foreign matter is such that two polarizing plates are arranged in a straight line (orthogonal Nicol), and a cellulose ester film is disposed therebetween, and one side is irradiated with a light source, and when the cellulose ester film is observed from the other side, the light of the light source is seen. Leak -41 - 200949319 points. In this case, it is preferable that the polarizing plate used for the evaluation is a protective film having no bright foreign matter, and it is preferable to use a glass plate for the protection of the polarizer. One of the reasons for highlighting foreign matter can be considered to be caused by cellulose which is not vinegarized or low in acetification of cellulose ester, and cellulose ester having less foreign matter is used (the cellulose ester having a smaller degree of substitution is used) In at least one of the process of filtering the molten cellulose ester or the cellulose ester, or the process of obtaining a precipitate, the film can be once in a solution state and the bright spot foreign matter is removed through the filtration step. The molten resin is more efficient because of its higher viscosity. The thinner the film thickness, the smaller the number of bright spots per unit area, and the smaller the content of the cellulose ester contained in the film, the less the bright foreign matter tends to be, but the bright spot foreign matter has a bright spot diameter of 0.01 mm or more and 200 pieces. Those below /cm2 are preferably '100 pieces/cm2 or less, and those of 50 pieces/cm2 or less are better. '30 pieces/cm2 or less are particularly good, and one piece/cm2 or less is excellent. optimal. Further, for bright spots of 0.005 to 0.01 mm or less, it is preferably 200 or less, preferably 1/cm 2 or less, more preferably 50/cm 2 or less, and 30 or less. Excellent, 10/cm2 or less is excellent's best. When the bright foreign matter is removed by melt filtration, the cellulose ester composition after mixing with a plasticizer, a deterioration inhibitor, an antioxidant, or the like is filtered, and the foreign matter is brightened. The removal efficiency is higher and better. Of course, in the synthesis of cellulose ester, it can be reduced by filtration after being dissolved in a solvent. It is also possible to mix the ultraviolet absorber or other additives as appropriate. Filtration is a melt containing cellulose ester -42- 200949319. The viscosity of the melt is below 1 〇〇〇〇Pa_s, preferably below 5000 Pa.s, and preferably below 100 Pa's, 500 Pa. .s below are especially good. As the filter medium, a fluororesin such as glass silicate, cellulose oxime, filter paper or tetrafluoroethylene resin can be preferably used, and ceramics, metals and the like are particularly preferable. The absolute filtration accuracy is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 1 〇μηι or less, and most preferably 5 μmη or less. These can be used in combination as appropriate. The filter material can be a surface filter type or a 深度 depth filter type, and the volume filter type is preferable because it is not blocked. In other embodiments, the cellulose ester of the raw material may be dissolved in a solvent at least once, and then the solvent-dried cellulose ester may be used. At this time, the dried cellulose ester is dissolved in a solvent together with at least one type of plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, deterioration inhibitor, antioxidant, and matting agent. As the solvent, dichloromethane, methyl acetate or dioxolane can be used, which is equal to the good solvent used in the solution casting method, and a weak solvent such as methanol, ethanol or butanol can be used. It can be cooled to below -20 °C or heated to above 80 °C during the dissolution process. When such a cellulose ester is used, it is easy to uniformly mix the respective additives in a molten state, and the optical characteristics can be made uniform. The optical film of the present invention may be one which is suitably mixed with a high molecular component other than a cellulose ester. The polymer component to be mixed is preferably one which is excellent in compatibility with a cellulose ester, and the transmittance in the case of a film is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more, more preferably 92% or more. <<Antioxidant>> The resin which becomes the substrate of the optical film of the present invention not only promotes its decomposition by heat but also by oxygen, so that the optical film of the present invention contains an antioxidant as a stabilizer. It is better. In particular, in a high-temperature environment in which a melt film is formed, since it is accelerated by the heat of the film forming material and oxygen, it is preferable to contain an antioxidant. Further, in the cellulose ester of the preferred embodiment of the present invention, it is also preferred to carry out washing in the presence of an antioxidant in the case of suspension washing with a weak solvent. The antioxidant to be used may be a compound which can inactivate the radical generated by the cellulose ester or inhibit the deterioration of the cellulose ester caused by the addition of oxygen to the radical generated by the cellulose ester. There is no particular limitation. The antioxidant used in the suspension washing of the cellulose ester may also remain in the cellulose ester after washing. The residual amount is preferably 0.01 to 2000 ppm, more preferably 0_05 to 1000 ppm, still more preferably 0.1 to 100 ppm. The antioxidant which is useful in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress deterioration of the film forming material by oxygen, and examples of useful antioxidants include phenolic compounds, hindered amine compounds, and phosphorus. A compound, a sulfur-based compound, a lactone-based compound, an acrylate-based compound, an oxygen scavenger, and the like are preferable, and among them, a hindered phenol-based compound, a phosphorus-based compound, a lactone-based compound, and an acrylate-based compound are particularly preferable. By adding these compounds, transparency, heat resistance and the like are not lowered, and coloring or strength reduction of the molded body due to deterioration by heat or thermal oxidation or the like can be prevented. These antioxidants can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. (Phenolic Compound) As one of the useful antioxidants used in the present invention, a phenolic compound -44 - 200949319 is preferred. The phenolic compound is a known compound, and is contained in the 2,6-dialkylphenol derivative compound as described in the columns 12 to 14 of the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,839,405. As a preferred compound among such compounds, a compound represented by the following general formula (A) is preferred.

[化2¾ ,般式{A&gt; R” 一 〇[化23⁄4, general style {A&gt; R"

Rie ^16 式中’ 表示氫原子或取代基。作爲取代基可 舉出鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子等)、烷基(例如甲 基、乙基、異丙基、羥基乙基、甲氧基甲基、三氟甲基、 t-丁基等)、環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基等)、芳烷基 Ο (例如苯甲基、2-苯乙基等)、芳基(例如苯基、萘基、 P-甲苯基、p-氯苯基等)、烷氧基(例如甲氧基 '乙氧基 、異丙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基等)、氰 基、醯胺基(例如乙醯胺基、丙醯基胺基等)、烷基硫基 (例如甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丁基硫基等)、芳基硫基( 例如苯基硫基等)、磺醯胺基(例如甲烷磺醯胺基、苯磺 醯fe:基等)、脲基(例如3 -甲基脲基、3,3 -二甲基脲基、 13 -—甲基脲基等)、胺磺醯胺基(二甲基胺擴醒胺基等 )、胺基甲醯基(例如甲胺基甲醯基、乙胺基甲醯基、二 -45- 200949319 甲胺基甲醯基等)、胺磺醯基(例如乙基胺磺醯基、二甲 基胺磺醯基等)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基 羰基等)、芳基氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基等)、磺醢基 (例如甲磺醢基、丁磺醯基、苯基磺醯基等)、醯基(例 如乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基等)、胺基(甲胺基、乙胺基 、二甲胺基等)、氰基、羥基、硝基、亞硝基、胺氧化物 基(例如吡啶-氧化物基)、亞胺基(例如酞醯亞胺基等 )、二硫化物基(例如苯二硫化物基、苯並噻唑基-2 -二硫 化物基等)、羧基、磺基、雜環基(例如、吡咯基、吡咯 烷基、吡唑基、咪唑基、吡啶基、苯並咪唑基、苯並噻唑 基、苯並噁唑基等)等。這些取代基可進一步被取代。 又,以Ru爲氫原子、R12、R16爲t-丁基之酚系化合 物爲佳。作爲酚系化合物之具體例,可含有η-十八烷基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)-丙酸酯、n-十八烷基 3-( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)·乙酸酯、η-十八烷基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯、η-己基3,5_二-t_ 丁基-4-羥基苯基 苯甲酸酯、η-月桂基3,5-二-t-丁基_4_羥基苯基苯甲酸酯、 新-月桂基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、月桂 基β ( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、乙基α-(4-羥 基-3,5-二-t· 丁基苯基)異丁酸酯、十八烷基α-(4-羥基-3,5-二-t-丁基苯基)異丁酸酯、十八烷基α-( 4-羥基-3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2- (η-辛基硫)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯甲酸酯'2- (η-辛基硫)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯基乙酸酯、2- ( η-十八烷基硫代)乙基 -46- 200949319 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基乙酸酯、2- ( η-十八烷基硫代) 乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯甲酸酯、2- (2-羥基乙基硫 代)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯、二乙基甘醇雙-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯基)丙酸酯、2- ( η-十八烷基硫 代)乙基3- (3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、硬脂醯 胺Ν,Ν-雙-〔伸乙基3- ( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸 酯〕、η-丁基亞胺N,N-雙-〔伸乙基3- ( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-0 羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、2- ( 2-硬脂醯氧基乙基硫代)乙基 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯、2- (2-硬脂醯氧基乙基硫 代)乙基7-(3-甲基-5-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)庚酸酯、1,2-丙二醇雙-〔3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、 乙二醇雙-〔3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、 新戊二醇雙-〔3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕 、乙二醇雙-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基乙酸酯)、甘油-1-η-十八烷酸酯-2,3-雙-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基乙酸酯 Q )、季戊四醇肆-〔3- (3’,5’-二-t-丁基-4’-羥基苯基)丙 酸酯〕、3,9-雙-{ 2-〔 3- ( 3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基 )丙醯基氧基〕-1,1-二甲基乙基} _2,4,8,10_四噁螺〔5.5 〕十一烷、1,1,1_三羥甲基乙烷-參-〔3-(3,5-二-t-丁基- 4- 羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、山梨糖醇六-〔3-(3,5-二-t-丁 基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、2-羥基乙基7-(3-甲基-5-t 丁 基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2-硬脂醯氧基乙基7-(3-甲基- 5- t-丁基_4_羥基苯基)庚酸酯、1,6-n-己二醇-雙〔( 3’,5’-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯〕、季戊四醇肆( -47- 200949319 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基氫化肉桂酸酯)。上述形式的酚化合 物,例如可使用由 Ciba Japan股份有限公司購得之 ”Irganoxl076”及 ”Irganoxl010”之商品名。 (受阻胺系化合物) 作爲本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以下述一般式( B)所示受阻胺系化合物爲佳。 [化 23] -«式脚Rie ^16 wherein ' represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom) and an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, hydroxyethyl group, methoxymethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, t-butyl group). Base, etc.), cycloalkyl (eg cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), aralkyl hydrazine (eg benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, etc.), aryl (eg phenyl, naphthyl, P-tolyl) , p-chlorophenyl, etc.), alkoxy (eg methoxy 'ethoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, etc.), aryloxy (eg phenoxy, etc.), cyano, guanamine (e.g., acetaminol, propylamino, etc.), alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, butylthio, etc.), arylthio (e.g., phenylthio) , sulfonamide (eg, methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonamide, etc.), urea group (eg, 3-methylureido, 3,3-dimethylureido, 13-methylureido) Et.), amidoxime (dimethylamine-activated amine, etc.), aminomethanyl (eg, methylaminomethyl carbaryl, ethylaminomethyl thiol, bis-45-200949319 methylamino) Amidoxime, such as ethylamine sulfonate , dimethylamine sulfonyl, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl (eg methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl (eg phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), sulfonyl (eg methyl sulfonate) a mercapto group, a sulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, etc., a mercapto group (e.g., an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc.), an amine group (a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, etc.), a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, an amine oxide group (for example, a pyridine-oxide group), an imido group (for example, a quinone group, etc.), a disulfide group (for example, a benzene disulfide group, Benzothiazolyl-2-disulfide group, etc., carboxyl group, sulfo group, heterocyclic group (for example, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazole Base, benzoxazolyl, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted. Further, a phenol-based compound in which Ru is a hydrogen atom and R12 and R16 are t-butyl groups is preferred. Specific examples of the phenolic compound may include η-octadecyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propionate, n-octadecyl 3-( 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-acetate, η-octadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, η-hexyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylbenzoate, η-lauryl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, neo-lauryl 3 -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, lauryl beta (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, ethyl Α-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t.butylphenyl)isobutyrate, octadecyl α-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl) Butyrate, octadecyl α-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2-(η-octylsulfanyl)ethyl 3,5 -di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzoate '2-(η-octylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenyl acetate, 2 - (η-octadecylthio)ethyl-46- 200949319 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate, 2-( η-octadecylthio) B 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzoate, 2-(2-hydroxyethyl Ethyl)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, diethylglycol bis-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenyl)propane Acid ester, 2-( η-octadecylthio)ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, stearylamine hydrazine, hydrazine-double - [Extended ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], η-butylimine N,N-bis-[stretch ethyl 3-( 3 ,5-di-t-butyl-4-0 hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2-(2-stearyloxyethylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-(2-stearyloxyethylthio)ethyl 7-(3-methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)heptanoate, 1,2-propanediol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], ethylene glycol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t- Butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], neopentyl glycol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], ethylene glycol double -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylacetate), glycerol-1-η-octadecanoate-2,3-bis-(3,5-di-t- Butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate Q), pentaerythritol bismuth-[3-(3',5'-di-t-butyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl)propane Acid ester], 3,9-bis-{2-[3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propanyloxy]-1,1-dimethylethyl Base} _2,4,8,10_tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane, 1,1,1_trimethylolethane-para-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], sorbitol hexa-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2-hydroxyethyl 7-( 3-methyl-5-t butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2-stearyloxyethyl 7-(3-methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) )heptanoate, 1,6-n-hexanediol-bis[(3',5'-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], pentaerythritol oxime (-47- 200949319 3 , 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate). As the phenol compound of the above form, for example, "Irganoxl076" and "Irganoxl010" which are commercially available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. can be used. (Hindered Amine Compound) One of the useful antioxidants in the present invention is preferably a hindered amine compound represented by the following general formula (B). [Chem. 23] - «Foot

式中,R21〜R27表示取代基。作爲取代基與前述一般 式(A)之Ru〜R15所示取代基同義。r24以氫原子、甲 基爲佳,R27以氫原子爲佳,R22、R23、R25、R26以甲基爲 佳。 作爲受阻胺系化合物之具體例,可舉出雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4·哌啶)癸二酸、雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)琥 珀酸酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(N-辛氧-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(N-苯甲基氧 基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(N-環己基氧基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(l,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4- -48- 200949319 哌啶)2-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲基)-2-丁基丙二酸酯 、雙(1-丙烯醯基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)2,2-雙(3,5-二-t- 丁基-4-羥基苯甲基)-2- 丁基丙二酸酯、雙( 1.2.2.6.6- 五甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸酯、2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌 啶甲基丙烯酸酯、4-〔 3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙 酿基氧基〕-1-〔 2- ( 3- ( 3,5 - _-丁基-4-經基苯基)丙酸 基氧基)乙基〕-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶、2-甲基-2-( 2.2.6.6- 四甲基-4-哌啶)胺基-N-( 2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶 )丙醯胺、肆(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧 酸酯、肆(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶)1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸 酯等。 又,亦可爲高分子形式的化合物,作爲具體例可舉出 1^^’,&gt;^’,:^”’-肆-〔4,6-雙-〔丁基-(1^-甲基-2,2,6,6-四甲 基哌啶-4-基)胺基〕-三嗪-2-基〕-4,7-二氮雜癸烷-1,10-二胺、二丁基胺與1,3,5-三嗪-N,N’-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)-1,6-六伸甲基二胺與N-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶) 丁基胺之聚縮合物、二丁基胺與1,3,5-三嗪與N,N’-雙( 2,2,6,6 -四甲基-4-哌啶)丁基胺之聚縮合物、聚〔{( 1 ,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)胺基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基} {( 2.2.6.6- 四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺}六伸甲基{ (2,2,6,6-四甲 基-4-哌啶)亞胺}〕、1,6-己二胺-N,N’-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲 基-4-哌啶)與嗎啉-2,4,6-三氯-1,3,5-三曝之聚縮合物、聚 〔(6-嗎啉代-3-三嗪-2,4-二基)〔(2,2,6,6,-四甲基-4-哌 啶)亞胺〕-六伸甲基〔(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺〕 -49- 200949319 〕等哌啶環爲介著三嗪骨架以複數結合的高分子量HALS :琥珀酸二甲基與4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-1·哌D定乙醇之聚 合物、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸與1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-峨卩定醇與 3,9-雙(2-羥基-1,1-二甲基乙基)_2,4,8,1〇-四噁螺〔5,5 〕~\--烷之混合酯化物等哌啶環介著酯鍵所結合之化合物 等,但不限定於此些。 彼等中亦以二丁基胺與 1,3,5-三嗪與 ν,Ν’-雙( 2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)丁基胺之聚縮合物、聚〔{( 1,1,3,3 -四甲基丁基)胺基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基} {( 2,2,6,6 -四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺}六伸甲基{ (2,2,6,6 -四甲 基-4-哌啶)亞胺}〕、琥珀酸二甲基與4 -羥基-2,2,6,6 -四 甲基-1-哌啶乙醇之聚合物等,其數平均分子量(Μη)爲 2,000〜5,000者爲佳。 上述形式的受阻胺化合物,例如可由Ciba Japan股份 有限公司所購得之”Tinuvinl44”及”TinUvin770”,由股份 有限公司ADEKA所購得之”ADK STAB LA-52”之商品名。 (磷系化合物) 作爲本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以選自亞磷酸酯 (phosphite)、亞膦酸酯(phosphonite)、次亞磷酸( phosphinite)、或第3級膦(phosphane)所成群之磷系化 合物爲佳,具體爲分子內具有下述一般式(C-l) 、(C-2 )、(C-3) 、(C-4) 、(C-5)所示部分結構的化合物 爲佳。 -50- 200949319 [化 24] —J» 式(c,1)In the formula, R21 to R27 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by Ru to R15 of the above general formula (A). R24 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R27 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and R22, R23, R25 and R26 are preferably a methyl group. Specific examples of the hindered amine-based compound include bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4·piperidine)sebacic acid and bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4). - piperidine) succinate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidine) sebacic acid, bis(N-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl Alkyl-4-piperidine) sebacic acid, bis(N-benzyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)sebacic acid, bis(N-cyclohexyloxy) -2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) sebacic acid, bis(l,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-48-200949319 piperidine)2-( 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-butylmalonate, bis(1-propenylfluorenyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4- Piperidine) 2,2-bis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-butylmalonate, bis ( 1.2.2.6.6-pentamethyl-4 - piperidine) sebacate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine methacrylate, 4-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl) Phenyl)-propyloxy]-1-[2-(3-(3,5---butyl-4-ylphenyl)propionyloxy)ethyl]-2,2,6 ,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 2-methyl-2-(2.2.6.6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)amino-N-( 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4- Piperidine) propylamine, hydrazine (2, 2, 6 ,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, hydrazine (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidine) 1, 2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, and the like. Further, it may be a polymer compound, and specific examples thereof include 1^^', &gt;^', :^"'-肆-[4,6-bis-[butyl-(1^-- -2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino]-triazin-2-yl]-4,7-diazadecane-1,10-diamine, two Butylamine and 1,3,5-triazine-N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)-1,6-hexamethyldiamine and N a polycondensate of -(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)butylamine, dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine with N,N'-bis (2, Polycondensate of 2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)butylamine, poly[{(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino-1,3,5- Triazine-2,4-diyl} {(2.2.6.6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imine}hexamethyl{(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) Imine}], 1,6-hexanediamine-N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) and morpholine-2,4,6-trichloro -1,3,5-three-exposed polycondensate, poly[(6-morpholino-3-triazine-2,4-diyl)[(2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl- 4-piperidine)imine]-hexapylmethyl[(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imide] -49- 200949319] The piperidine ring is a triazine skeleton High molecular weight combined with complex numbers HALS: a polymer of dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1·piperidine, and 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid and 1, 2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-decyl alcohol and 3,9-bis(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)_2,4,8,1〇-tetraoxine a compound in which a piperidine ring such as a mixed ester of snail [5,5]~\--alkane is bonded to an ester bond, but is not limited thereto. Among them, dibutylamine and 1,3 are also used. Polycondensation of 5-triazine with ν,Ν'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)butylamine, poly[{( 1,1,3,3 -4) Methylbutyl)amino-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl} {(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imide}hexamethyl { (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imine}], dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidine The polymer of ethanol or the like preferably has a number average molecular weight (?n) of 2,000 to 5,000. The hindered amine compound of the above form, for example, "Tinuvinl 44" and "TinUvin 770" which are commercially available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd., are limited by shares. The trade name of "ADK STAB LA-52" purchased by the company ADEKA. (Phosphorus compound) as the hair One of the useful antioxidants in the present invention is a phosphorus compound selected from the group consisting of phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite, or phosphane. Preferably, it is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the following general formulas (Cl), (C-2), (C-3), (C-4), or (C-5) in the molecule. -50- 200949319 [Chem. 24] —J» Formula (c, 1)

式中’ Phi及Ph’!表示取代基。作爲取代基與前述一 〇 般式(A)的Rli〜Rl5所示取代基同義。較佳爲Where 'Phi and Ph’! Represents a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by Rli to Rl5 of the above formula (A). Preferred

Ph Μ表示伸苯基’該伸苯基之氫原子可由苯基、碳數1〜8 的烷基、碳數5〜8的環烷基、碳數6〜12的烷基環烷基 或碳數7〜12的芳烷基所取代。?1^及ph,i可彼此相同或 相異。X表示單鍵、硫原子或-CHR6-基。R6表示氫原子、 碳數1〜8的院基或碳數5〜8的環院基。又,可由與這些 前述一般式(A)之Rn〜R15所示取代基同義之取代基進 行取代。 ❹ [化 25] 一般式(G-2) 式中,Ph2及Ph’2表示取代基。作爲取代基與前述一 般式(A)的〜R15所示取代基同義。較佳爲Ph2及 Ph’2表示苯基或聯苯基,該苯基或聯苯基之氫原子可由碳 數1〜8的烷基、碳數5〜8的環烷基、碳數6〜12的烷基 -51 - 200949319 環院基或艘數7〜12的芳烷基所取代。ph2及Ph,2可彼此 相同或相異。又,可由與這些前述一般式(A)的Rii〜 Rl5所示取代基同義之取代基進行取代。 [化 26]Ph Μ represents a phenyl group. The hydrogen atom of the phenyl group may be a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkylcycloalkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or carbon. Substituted by 7 to 12 aralkyl groups. ? 1^ and ph, i may be the same or different from each other. X represents a single bond, a sulfur atom or a -CHR6- group. R6 represents a hydrogen atom, a hospital group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, or a ring-yard group having a carbon number of 5 to 8. Further, it may be substituted by a substituent which is synonymous with the substituent represented by Rn to R15 of the above general formula (A). In the formula (G-2), Ph2 and Ph'2 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by the above-mentioned general formula (A) to R15. Preferably, Ph2 and Ph'2 represent a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group may be an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 to 8. 12 alkyl-51 - 200949319 substituted by a ring or a number of 7 to 12 aralkyl groups. Ph2 and Ph, 2 may be the same or different from each other. Further, it may be substituted with a substituent which is synonymous with the substituent represented by Rii to Rl5 of the above general formula (A). [Chem. 26]

一般式(&lt;? 一 3JGeneral formula (&lt;? a 3J

式中’ Ph表示取代基。作爲取代基與前述一般式(a )的Rii〜Rls所示取代基同義。較佳爲ph3表示苯基或聯 苯基’該苯基或聯苯基之氫原子可由碳數〗〜8的烷基、 碳數5〜8的環烷基、碳數6〜12的烷基環烷基或碳數7〜 12的芳院基所取代。又,可由與這些前述一般式(a)之 Rn〜R1S所示取代基同義之取代基進行取代。Wherein ' Ph denotes a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by Rii to Rls of the above general formula (a). Preferably, ph3 represents a phenyl group or a biphenyl group. The hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group may be an alkyl group having a carbon number of from 8 to 8, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 8, and an alkyl group having a carbon number of from 6 to 12. A cycloalkyl group or a aryl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12 is substituted. Further, it may be substituted with a substituent which is synonymous with the substituent represented by Rn to R1S of the above general formula (a).

W 匕 27] -« 式(C-4)W 匕 27] -« (C-4)

式中’ Ph4表示取代基。作爲取代基與前述一般式(A )的尺!!〜Ris所示取代基同義。較佳爲Ph4表示碳數1〜 20的烷基或苯基,該烷基或苯基可由與前述一般式(A) -52- 200949319 的Rm〜所示取代基同義的取代基進行取代。 [化 28] -HK 式{C-5} /h*Wherein ' Ph4 represents a substituent. As a substituent, the rule of the above general formula (A)! ! The substituents shown in ~Ris are synonymous. Preferably, Ph4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group which may be substituted with a substituent which has the same meaning as the substituent represented by Rm~ described in the above general formula (A)-52-200949319. [化 28] -HK type {C-5} /h*

Ph β-:Ρ\ © 式中,Ph5 ' Ph’5及Ph,,5表示取代基。作爲 前述一般式(A)的Rn〜R15所示取代基同義 Ph5、Ph’5及Ph,,5表示碳數的烷基或苯基 或苯基可由與前述一般式(A)的Rll〜Rl5所示 義的取代基進行取代。 作爲磷系化合物的具體例,可舉出三苯基亞 二苯S異癸基亞磷酸酯、苯基二異癸基亞磷酸酯 基苯基)亞磷酸酯、參(二壬基苯基)亞磷酸 ® 2,4-二-1-丁基苯基)亞磷酸酯、10- ( 3,5-二-t-· 基苯甲基)-9,1〇-二氫-9_噁_10-膦菲-10_氧化物、 34-丁基·4_羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙氧基〕-2,4,8,1 基一本並〔d,f〕 〔 1,3,2〕 dioxaphosphepine、十 磷酸酯等單亞磷酸酯系化合物;4,4’-亞丁基-雙 6-t-丁基苯基-二-十三烷基亞磷酸酯)、4,4,_異3 (苯基-二-烷基(C12〜C15)亞磷酸酯)等二亞 化合物;三苯基亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4-二-tert-丁基 1,1-聯苯基〕-4,4’-二基雙亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4-: 取代基與 。較佳爲 ’該烷基 取代基同 磷酸酯、 '參(壬 酯、參( Γ基-4-經 6- 〔 3-( 〇-四-t-丁 三烷基亞 (3-甲基_ £丙基-雙 磷酸酯系 苯基)〔 二-tert-丁 -53- 200949319 基-5-甲基苯基)〔1,1·聯苯基〕-4,4’-二基雙亞膦酸酯等 亞膦酸酯系化合物;三苯基次亞磷酸、2,6-二甲基苯基二 苯基次亞磷酸等次亞磷酸系化合物;三苯基膦、參(2,6-二甲氧基苯基)膦等膦系化合物;等。 上述形式的磷系化合物,例如可由住友化學股份有限 公司所購得之”SumilizerGP”、由股份有限公司ADEKA所 購得之 ADK STAB PEP-24G”、”ADK STAB PEP-36”及 ”ADK STAB 3010”、由Ciba Japan股份有限公司所購得之 ”IRGAFOS P-EPQ”、堺化學工業股份有限公司所購得之 “GSY-P101”之商品名。 (硫系化合物) 作爲本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以下述一般式( D )所示硫系化合物爲佳。 [化 29] 式(D) r31—s-r32 式中,R3 1及R3 2表示取代基。作爲取代基與前述一 般式(A)的Rm〜R15所示取代基同義。 作爲硫系化合物之具體例,可舉出二月桂基3,3-硫二 丙酸酯、二肉豆蔻基3,3’-硫二丙酸酯、二硬脂醯基3,3-硫二丙酸酯、月桂基硬脂醯基3,3 -硫二丙酸酯、季戊四 -54- 200949319 醇-肆(β -月桂基-硫-丙酸酯)、3,9-雙(2-月桂基硫乙基 )-2,4,8,10-四噁螺〔5,5〕十一烷等。 上述形式的硫系化合物,例如可由住友化學股份有限 公司購得之”Sumilizer TPL-R”及”Sumilizer TP-D,,之商品 名。 (丙烯酸酯系化合物) 作爲本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以丙烯酸酯系化 合物爲佳。 作爲丙烯酸酯系化合物之具體例,可舉出2-tert-丁 基-6- ( 3-tert-丁基-2-羥基-5-甲基苯甲基)-4-甲基苯基丙 烯酸酯、2-〔 1-(2-羥基-3、5-二-tert-戊基苯基)乙基〕-4,6-二-tert-戊基苯基丙烯酸酯等丙烯酸酯系化合物。上述 形式的丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可由住友化學股份有限公 司所購得之”SumilizerGM”及” SumilizerGS”之商品名。 (內酯系化合物) 作爲本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以內酯系化合物 爲佳。 作爲內酯系化合物之具體例,可舉出3-〔4- (2-乙酸 基乙氧基)苯基〕-5,7-二第三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、5,7_二 第三丁基-3-〔 4- ( 2-硬脂醯氧基乙氧基)苯基〕苯並呋 喃-2-酮、3,3,-雙〔5,7-二第三丁基-3- ( 4-〔 2-羥基乙氧基 〕苯基)苯並呋喃-2-酮〕、5,7-二第三丁基- 3-(4-甲氧基 -55- 200949319 苯基)苯並呋喃-2-酮、5,7-二第三丁基-3-苯基苯並呋喃_ 2 -嗣、5,7 - _•第二丁基-4 -甲基-3 -苯基苯並咲喃-2 -酮、3_ (4-乙酸基-3,5-二甲基苯基)-5,7-二第三丁基苯並呋喃_ 2-酮、3-(3,5-二甲基-4-三甲基乙醯基氧基苯基)_5,7_二 第三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、3- (3,4-二甲基苯基)-5,7_二第 三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、3- (2,3 -二甲基苯基)-5,7 -二第三 丁基-苯並呋喃-2-酮等苯並呋喃酮系化合物等。上述形式 的內酯系化合物’例如可由Ciba Japan股份有限公司所購 得之”HP-136”之商品名。. 抗氧化劑與前述纖維素酯同樣地,可於製造時保有、 或保存中除去產生的殘留酸、無機鹽、有機低分子等雜質 爲佳,較佳爲純度99%以上。作爲殘留酸及水,以〇.〇 i〜 10Oppm爲佳,將纖維素酯於熔融製膜上,可抑制熱劣化 ,提高製膜安定性、薄膜之光學物性、機械物性。 對於本發明,彼等抗氧化劑對於樹脂而言各添加〇.〇 1 〜10質量%爲佳,添加0.1〜5質量%爲較佳,添加0.2〜2 質量%更佳。可併用這些2種以上。 抗氧化劑之添加量過少時,因熔融時安定化作用會降 低,故無法達到效果’又添加量過多時,由對纖維素酯之 相溶性的觀點來看’作爲薄膜之透明性會降低,且薄膜會 變脆故不佳。 《酸捕捉劑》 纖維素酯於如進行熔融製膜的高溫環境下會因酸而促 -56- 200949319 進分解,故作爲本發明的光學薄膜之安定化劑,含有酸捕 捉劑者爲佳。作爲本發明中之有用酸捕捉劑,僅可與酸進 行反應而使酸爲不活性化之化合物即可,其中亦以美國專 利第4,1 37,20 1號說明書所記載,具有環氧基之化合物爲 佳。作爲如此酸捕捉劑的環氧化合物於技術領域下爲已知 ,含有對於種種聚甘醇之二環氧丙醚,特別爲聚甘醇之每 1莫耳下,藉由約8〜40莫耳之環氧乙烷等縮合所衍生的 ^ 聚甘醇、甘油的二環氧丙醚等、金屬環氧化合物(例如於 氯化乙烯基聚合物組成物中,與氯化乙烯基聚合物組成物 自過去即被利用者)、環氧化醚縮合生成物、雙酚A之二 環氧丙醚(即,4,4’-二羥基二苯基二甲基甲烷)、環氧化 不飽和脂肪酸酯(特別爲2〜22個碳原子的脂肪酸之4〜2 個程度的碳原子之烷基的酯(例如丁基環氧硬脂酸酯)等 )、及種種環氧化長鏈脂肪酸甘油三酸酯等(例如環氧化 大豆油、環氧化亞麻仁油等)之組成物作爲代表所例示之 0 環氧化植物油及其他不飽和天然油(這些有時稱爲環氧化 天然甘油酯或不飽和脂肪酸,這些脂肪酸一般含有12〜22 個碳原子)。又,作爲販賣品的含有環氧基之環氧化物樹 脂化合物,可使用EPON 815C、及下述一般式(E)之其 他環氧化醚寡聚物縮合生成物。 -57- 200949319 [化 30] 一般式(E)Ph β-: Ρ \ © where Ph5 ' Ph' 5 and Ph,, 5 represent a substituent. The substituents represented by Rn to R15 in the above general formula (A) are synonymous with Ph5, Ph'5 and Ph, and 5 represents an alkyl group having a carbon number or a phenyl group or a phenyl group. R11 to Rl5 which are the above general formula (A) Substituted substituents are substituted. Specific examples of the phosphorus-based compound include triphenyl stilbene S-isodecyl phosphite, phenyl diisononyl phosphite phenyl phosphite, and bis(diphenylphenyl). Phosphorous acid® 2,4-di-1-butylphenylphosphite, 10-(3,5-di-t-ylphenyl)-9,1〇-dihydro-9_euse_ 10-phosphaphenanthrene-10_oxide, 34-butyl. 4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propoxy]-2,4,8,1 base, one and [d,f] 〔1, 3,2] a monophosphite compound such as dioxaphosphepine or decaphosphate; 4,4'-butylene-bis6-t-butylphenyl-ditridecylphosphite), 4, 4, a di-subsidiary compound such as 1,3-iso(phenyl-di-alkyl (C12-C15) phosphite); triphenylphosphonite, bismuth (2,4-di-tert-butyl 1,1-linked) Phenyl]-4,4'-diylbisphosphonite, anthracene (2,4-: substituent and .preferably 'the alkyl substituent is the same as the phosphate, 'para (ester, ginseng) 4--4-(3-(anthracene-tetra-t-butyltrialkyl)(3-methyl-propyl-bisphosphate-phenyl)[2-tert-butyl-53- 200949319 -5-methylphenyl)[1,1·biphenyl]- a phosphonite compound such as 4,4'-diylbisphosphonite; a hypophosphite compound such as triphenylphosphite or 2,6-dimethylphenyldiphenylphosphite; a phosphine-based compound such as phenylphosphine or ginseng (2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)phosphine; etc. The phosphorus-based compound of the above form, for example, "Sumilizer GP" available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., limited by shares ADK STAB PEP-24G", "ADK STAB PEP-36" and "ADK STAB 3010" purchased by ADEKA, "IRGAFOS P-EPQ" purchased by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd., 堺Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. The trade name of "GSY-P101" is obtained. (Crystal Compound) As one of the useful antioxidants in the present invention, a sulfur compound represented by the following general formula (D) is preferred. D) r31—s-r32 wherein R3 1 and R3 2 represent a substituent, and the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by Rm to R15 of the above general formula (A). Specific examples of the sulfur-based compound include Dilauro 3,3-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl 3,3- Thiopropionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3- thiodipropionate, pentaerythritol-54-200949319 alcohol-indole (β-lauryl-thio-propionate), 3,9-double (2-Laurylthioethyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5,5]undecane, and the like. The sulfur-based compound of the above-mentioned form is, for example, "Sumilizer TPL-R" and "Sumilizer TP-D" available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., which is a trade name (acrylic compound) as a useful antioxidant in the present invention. First, an acrylate-based compound is preferred. Specific examples of the acrylate-based compound include 2-tert-butyl-6-(3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzyl group -4-methylphenyl acrylate, 2-[1-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-pentylphenyl)ethyl]-4,6-di-tert-pentylphenyl Acrylate-based compound such as acrylate. The acrylate-based compound of the above-mentioned form is, for example, a product name of "Sumilizer GM" and "Sumilizer GS" which are commercially available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. (Lactone-based compound) is useful as the present invention. One of the antioxidants is preferably a lactone-based compound. Specific examples of the lactone-based compound include 3-[4-(2-acetoxyethoxy)phenyl]-5,7-di-3rd Benzofuran-2-one, 5,7-di-t-butyl-3-[4-(2-stearyloxyethoxy)phenyl]benzo喃-2-one, 3,3,-bis[5,7-di-t-butyl-3-(4-[2-hydroxyethoxy]phenyl)benzofuran-2-one], 5, 7-di-tert-butyl-3-(4-methoxy-55-200949319 phenyl)benzofuran-2-one, 5,7-di-t-butyl-3-phenylbenzofuran _ 2 -嗣,5,7 - _•Secondyl-4-methyl-3-phenylbenzoin-2-one, 3-(4-acetoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)- 5,7-di-t-butylbenzofuran-2-one, 3-(3,5-dimethyl-4-trimethylethenyloxyphenyl)_5,7-di-t-butyl Benzofuran-2-one, 3-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-5,7-di-t-butylbenzofuran-2-one, 3-(2,3-dimethylbenzene A benzofuranone compound such as -5,7-di-t-butyl-benzofuran-2-one, etc. The lactone-based compound of the above form is, for example, "HP" available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. The product name of -136". The antioxidant is preferably the same as the cellulose ester, and may be contained in the production, such as residual acid, inorganic salt, organic low molecular weight, etc., preferably 99% pure. Above. As residual acid and water, 〇.〇i It is preferable that 10Oppm is preferable, and the cellulose ester is melt-formed to suppress thermal deterioration, and film stability, film physical properties, and mechanical properties can be improved. For the present invention, these antioxidants are added to the resin. 1 to 10% by mass is preferable, and 0.1 to 5% by mass is preferably added, and more preferably 0.2 to 2% by mass. These two or more types can be used together. When the amount of the antioxidant added is too small, the stability at the time of melting is lowered, so that the effect cannot be obtained. When the amount of addition is too large, the transparency of the film is lowered from the viewpoint of the compatibility with the cellulose ester. The film will become brittle and therefore not good. "Acid scavenger" Cellulose ester is decomposed by acid in a high-temperature environment in which a melt film is formed, and it is preferable to contain an acid trapping agent as the stabilizer for the optical film of the present invention. As a useful acid scavenger in the present invention, it is only possible to react with an acid to make the acid inactive, and it has an epoxy group as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,1 37,20 1 . The compound is preferred. Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and contain diglycidyl ethers for various polyglycols, especially per 1 gram of polyglycol, by about 8 to 40 moles. Polyethylene glycol derived from condensation of ethylene oxide, diglycidyl ether of glycerin, etc., metal epoxy compound (for example, in a chlorinated vinyl polymer composition, and a chlorinated vinyl polymer composition) Used in the past, epoxidized ether condensation product, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid ester (especially an ester of an alkyl group of 4 to 2 carbon atoms of a fatty acid having 2 to 22 carbon atoms (for example, butyl epoxy stearate), and various epoxidized long-chain fatty acid triglycerides) Compositions such as epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, etc., as representative of the exemplified 0 epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils (sometimes referred to as epoxidized natural glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids, these Fatty acids generally contain 12 to 22 carbon atoms. Further, as the epoxy group-containing epoxide resin compound for sale, EPON 815C and other epoxidized ether oligomer condensation products of the following general formula (E) can be used. -57- 200949319 [Chem. 30] General formula (E)

式中,n爲〇〜12之整數。作爲可使用的其他酸捕捉 劑,含有特開平5 - 1 947 8 8號公報之段落87〜105所記載 © 者。 酸捕捉劑以添加0.1〜10質量%爲佳,添加0.2〜5質 量%爲更佳,添加0.5〜2質量%爲最佳。可倂用彼等2種 以上。 且,酸捕捉劑對於樹脂而言有時稱爲酸掃去劑、酸捕 獲劑、酸清除劑等,但本發明中這些皆無差異下被使用。 《紫外線吸收劑》 〇 紫外線吸收劑由可防止對於偏光子或顯示裝置之紫外 線的劣化防止之觀點來看,於波長3 7 Onm以下之紫外線吸 收能優良’由液晶顯示性之觀點來看,以波長4 0 Onm以上 之可視光的吸收較少爲佳。作爲本發明所使用的紫外線吸 收劑’例如可舉出氧基二苯甲酮系化合物、苯並三哩系化 合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、氰基丙烯 酸酯系化合物、鎳錯鹽系化合物、三嗪系化合物等,但二 苯甲酮系化合物或著色較少的苯並三唑系化合物、三嗪系 -58- 200949319 化合物爲佳。又,可使用特開平1 0-1 8262 1號、同8-3 3 75 74號公報所記載之紫外線吸收劑、特開平6- 1 48430 號、特開2003 - 1 1 3 3 1 7號公報所記載之高分子紫外線吸收 劑。 作爲苯並三唑系紫外線吸收劑之具體例,可舉出2-( 2’-羥基- 5’ -甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5,-二-tert-丁基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-tert-丁基·5,-甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-tert-丁基苯 基)-5 -氯苯並三唑、2 - ( 2 ’ -羥基-3 ’ - ( 3 ”,4 ”,5 ”,6 ” -四氫 酞醯亞胺基甲基)-5’-甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2,2 -伸甲基 雙(4-(1,1,3, 3-四甲基丁基)-6- (2H-苯並三唑-2-基) 酚)、2-(2’-羥基-3’461:卜丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯並 三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3,七1*卜丁基-5,-(2-辛基氧基羰基乙 基)-苯基)-5-氯苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-(l-甲基-1-苯基乙基)-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-苯基)苯並三唑 、2-(2H-苯並三唑-2-基)-6-(直鏈及側鏈月桂基)-4-甲 基酚、辛基-3-〔 3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-(氯- 2H-苯並三唑-2-基)苯基〕丙酸酯與2-乙基己基-3-〔3-tert-丁基-4-羥 基- 5-( 5-氯-2H-苯並三唑-2-基)苯基〕丙酸酯的混合物 等’但未限定於此。 又,作爲市販品可舉出TINUVIN171、TINUVIN900、 TINUVIN928 ' TINUVIN360 C 皆爲 Ciba Japan 公司製)、 LA31(股份有限公司 ADEKA公司製)、RUVA-100 (大 塚化學製)。 -59- 200949319 作爲二苯甲酮系化合物之具體例,可舉出2,4-二羥基 二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲 氧基-5-磺基二苯甲酮、雙(2-甲氧基-4·羥基-5·苯甲醯基 苯基甲烷)等但未限定於此。 本發明中,紫外線吸收劑對於樹脂而言添加〇. 1〜5 質量%爲佳,更佳爲0.2〜3質量%爲佳,最佳爲〇 · 5〜2質 量%。這些可倂用2種以上。 又,苯並三唑結構或三嗪結構可爲聚合物之一部、或 規則性地成爲聚合物之側鏈亦可,亦可導入於可塑劑、抗 氧化劑、酸掃去劑等其他添加劑之分子結構一部份上。 作爲過去公知之紫外線吸收性聚合物,雖無特別限定 ,例如可舉出將RUVA-93 (大塚化學製)單獨聚合之聚合 物及將RUVA-93與其他單體共聚合之聚合物等。具體可 舉出RUVA-93與甲基甲基丙烯酸酯以3: 7的比(質量比 )下共聚合之PUVA-30M,以5 : 5之比(質量比)下共 聚合之PUVA-50M等。且可舉出如特開2003-113317號公 報所記載之聚合物等。 《可塑劑》 有關本發明之光學薄膜的製造,薄膜成形材料中添加 至少1種可塑劑爲佳。 所謂可塑劑爲,一般添加於高分子中而改良脆弱性、 或賦予柔軟效果之添加劑,例如,對於本發明中之較佳型 態的纖維素酯而言,比單獨下的熔融溫度更降低熔融溫度 -60- 200949319 ,又於相同加熱溫度下比纖維素酯單獨更降低含有可塑劑 之構成薄膜之材料的熔融黏度而添加可塑劑。又’欲改善 纖維素酯之親水性、改善光學薄膜之透濕度時可添加而具 有作爲透濕防止劑之功能。In the formula, n is an integer of 〇~12. Other acid scavengers which can be used include those described in paragraphs 87 to 105 of JP-A-2005-947-8. The acid scavenger is preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 2% by mass. Two or more of them can be used. Further, the acid scavenger is sometimes referred to as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger or the like for the resin, but these are used in the present invention without any difference. "Ultraviolet absorbing agent" 〇 The ultraviolet absorbing agent is excellent in ultraviolet absorbing energy at a wavelength of 3 7 Onm or less from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of ultraviolet rays of a polarizer or a display device, 'from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display property, Less absorption of visible light having a wavelength above 40 Onm is preferred. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include an oxybenzophenone-based compound, a benzotriazine-based compound, a salicylate-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, and a cyanoacrylate-based compound. A nickel-salt-based compound or a triazine-based compound is preferred, but a benzophenone-based compound or a less-colored benzotriazole-based compound or a triazine-based-58-200949319 compound is preferred. Further, it is possible to use the ultraviolet absorber described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The polymer ultraviolet absorber described. Specific examples of the benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber include 2-( 2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5. -di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5,-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'- Hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2 - ( 2 '-hydroxy-3 ' - ( 3 ′,4 ′′,5 ”,6 ” - Tetrahydroindenidomethyl)-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2,2-extended methyl bis(4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol), 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'461:dibutyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2 -(2'-hydroxy-3,7-1,4-dibutyl-5,-(2-octyloxycarbonylethyl)-phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3 '-(l-Methyl-1-phenylethyl)-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2H-benzo Triazol-2-yl)-6-(linear and side chain lauryl)-4-methylphenol, octyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(chloro-2H- Benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate with 2-B Cyclohexyl-3- [3-tert- butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl Ki - 5- (5-chloro -2H- benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] mixture of propionate apos but not limited thereto. Further, as a commercial product, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928 ' TINUVIN 360 C are all manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd., LA 31 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and RUVA-100 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.). -59-200949319 Specific examples of the benzophenone-based compound include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxyl group. -4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, bis(2-methoxy-4.hydroxy-5.benzimidylphenylmethane), and the like are not limited thereto. In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably added to the resin in an amount of from 1 to 5 % by mass, more preferably from 0.2 to 3 % by mass, most preferably from 5% to 5% by mass. These can be used in two or more types. Further, the benzotriazole structure or the triazine structure may be a part of the polymer or a side chain which is regularly a polymer, and may be introduced into other additives such as a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, and the like. Part of the molecular structure. The ultraviolet ray-absorbing polymer which is known in the art is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polymer obtained by separately polymerizing RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.), and a polymer obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 with another monomer. Specifically, PUVA-30M copolymerized with RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate at a ratio of 3:7 (mass ratio), PUVA-50M copolymerized at a ratio of 5:5 (mass ratio), etc. . Further, a polymer or the like described in JP-A-2003-113317 can be cited. <<Plasticizer>> In the production of the optical film of the present invention, it is preferred to add at least one plasticizer to the film forming material. The plasticizer is an additive which is generally added to a polymer to improve the fragility or impart a softening effect. For example, for the cellulose ester of the preferred form of the present invention, the melting temperature is lowered more than the melt temperature alone. The temperature is -60-200949319, and the plasticizer is added at a same heating temperature to lower the melt viscosity of the material of the constituent film containing the plasticizer. Further, it is intended to improve the hydrophilicity of the cellulose ester and to improve the moisture permeability of the optical film, and to function as a moisture permeability preventing agent.

其中,所謂構成薄膜之材料之熔融溫度’表示該材料 經加熱後表現流動性狀態的溫度。欲使纖維素酯進行熔融 流動,至少必須加熱至比玻璃轉移溫度更高的溫度。於玻 璃轉移溫度以上時,因熱量吸收而降低彈性率或黏度,而 表現流動性。但纖維素酯於高溫下同時因熔融與熱分解而 產生纖維素酯分子量之降低,所得之薄膜的力學特性等會 受到壞影響,故儘可能必須於降低溫度下熔融纖維素酯。 欲降低構成薄膜之材料之熔融溫度,可添加具有比纖維素 酯的玻璃轉移溫度更低的融點或玻璃轉移溫度之可塑劑而 達成。 有關本發明之光學薄膜爲,含有較佳爲1〜25質量% Q 之可塑劑爲特徵之光學薄膜。若比1質量%少時,無法得 到平面性改善效果,若比25質量%多時,容易產生滲漏、 薄膜的經時安定性會降低故不佳。較佳爲可塑劑之含有量 爲3〜20質量%之光學薄膜,更佳爲含有5〜15質量%之 光學薄膜。 本發明中,多元醇與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑、多 元羧酸與1元醇所成之酯系可塑劑爲與纖維素酯之親和性 較高故較佳。 作爲使用於本發明較佳酯系可塑劑之原料的多元醇之 -61 - 200949319 例子’例如可舉出如下者,但本發明不受限於此等。可舉 出核糖醇、阿糖醇、乙二醇、甘油、二甘油、二乙二醇、 三乙二醇、四乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、丨,3-丙二醇、二丙二 醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁 二醇、1,3-丁 二醇、1,4 -丁二醇、二 丁二醇、1,2,4-丁三醇、1,5-戊二醇、ι,6 -己二醇、己三醇 、半乳糖醇、甘露糖醇、3-甲基戊烷_1,3,5-三醇、頻哪醇 、山梨糖醇、三羥甲基丙烷、雙三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基 乙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、木糖醇等。特別以乙二醇 、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷爲佳。 作爲多元醇酯系之一的乙二醇酯系可塑劑,具體可舉 出乙二醇二乙酸酯、乙二醇二丁酸酯等乙二醇烷基酯系可 塑劑、乙二醇二環丙基羧酸酯、乙二醇二環六羧酸酯等乙 二醇環烷基酯系可塑劑、乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、乙二醇二4_ 甲基苯甲酸酯等乙二醇芳基酯系可塑劑。這些烷基化物基 、環烷基化物基、聚芳基物基可爲相同或相異、或可再被 取代。又,可爲烷基化物基、環烷基化物基、聚芳基物基 之混合,又這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且乙二醇部 亦可被取代,乙二醇酯之部分結構可爲聚合物之一部、或 規則地成爲側鏈,又可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外 線吸收劑等添加劑的分子結構之一部份。 作爲多元醇酯系之一的甘油酯系可塑劑,具體可 三醋精、甘油三丁酸酯、甘油二乙酸酯辛酸酯、甘油醇酸 酯丙酸酯等甘油烷基酯、甘油三環丙基羧酸酯、甘油三環 己基羧酸酯等甘油環烷基酯、甘油三苯甲酸酯、甘油4-甲 -62- 200949319 基苯甲酸酯等甘油芳基酯、二甘油四乙醯化物、二甘油四 丙酸酯、二甘油乙酸酯三辛酸酯、二甘油四月桂酸酯、等 二甘油烷基酯、二甘油四環丁基羧酸酯、二甘油四環戊基 羧酸酯等二甘油環烷基酯 '二甘油四苯甲酸酯、二甘油3-甲基苯甲酸酯等二甘油芳基酯等。這些烷基化物基、環烷 基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基可爲相同或相異、或可再被取代 °又可爲烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基之混 Q 合、或這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且甘油、二甘油 部亦可被取代,甘油酯、二甘油酯之部分結構爲聚合物之 一部、或規則地成爲側鏈、或導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑 、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。 作爲其他多元醇酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出特開2003-12823號公報之段落30〜33所記載之多元醇酯系可塑劑。 這些烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基可爲 相同或相異、可再被取代。又可爲烷基化物基、環烷基羧 〇 酸酯基、聚芳基物基之混合、或這些取代基彼此可以共價 鍵結合。且多元醇部亦可被取代,多元醇之部分結構可爲 聚合物一部份、或規則地成爲側鏈、或導入於抗氧化劑、 酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的—部份。 上述多元醇與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑中,以烷基 多元醇芳基酯爲佳,具體可舉出上述乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、 甘油三苯甲酸酯、二甘油四苯甲酸酯、季戊四醇四苯甲酸 醋、特開2003 - 1 2 823號公報之段落3工所記載例示化合物 16。 -63- 200949319 作爲多元羧酸酯系之一的二羧酸酯系可塑劑’具體可 舉出雙月桂基丙二酸酯、二辛基己二酸酯、二丁基癸二酸 等烷基二羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、二環戊基琥珀酸酯、二環 己基己二酸酯等烷基二羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、二苯基琥 珀酸酯、二4-甲基苯基戊二酸酯等烷基二羧酸芳基酯系可 塑劑、二己基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸酯、二癸基雙環〔2.2.1〕 庚烷·2,3-二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、二環 己基-1,2-環丁烷二羧酸酯、二環丙基-1,2-環己基二羧酸酯 等環烷基二羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、二苯基-1,1-環丙基二 羧酸酯、二2-萘基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸芳 基酯系可塑劑、二乙基酞酸酯、二甲基酞酸酯、二辛基酞 酸酯、二丁基酞酸酯、二-2-乙基己基酞酸酯等芳基二羧酸 烷基酯系可塑劑、二環丙基酞酸酯、二環己基酞酸酯等芳 基二羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、二苯基酞酸酯、二4·甲基苯 基酞酸酯等芳基二羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑。這些烷氧基、環 烷氧基可爲相同或相異、又可一取代,這些取代基可再被 取代。烷基、環烷基可爲混合、或這些取代基彼此可以共 價鍵結合。且鄰苯二甲酸的芳香環亦可被取代,可爲二聚 物、三聚物、四聚物等多聚物。又鄰苯二甲酸酯之部分結 構可爲聚合物之一部份、或規則地成爲聚合物之側鏈,或 可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之 分子結構的一部份。 作爲其他多元羧酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三月桂基 三羧酸酯、三丁基-mes〇-丁烷-1,2,3,#-四羧酸酯等烷基多 200949319 元羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、三環己基三羧酸酯、三環丙基-2-羥基-1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸酯等烷基多元羧酸環烷基酯系可塑 劑、三苯基2-羥基-1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸酯、四3-甲基苯基四 氫呋喃-2,3,4,5-四羧酸酯等烷基多元羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑 、四己基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸酯、四丁基-1,2,3,4-環戊 烷四羧酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、四環丙 基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸酯、三環己基-1,3,5-環己基三羧 φ 酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、三苯基-1,3,5-環己基三羧酸酯、六4-甲基苯基-1,2,3,4,5,6-環己基六羧 酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑、三月桂基苯-1,2,4-三羧酸酯、四辛基苯-1,2,4,5-四羧酸酯等芳基多元 羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、三環戊基苯-1,3,5-三羧酸酯、四環 己基苯-1,2,3,5-四羧酸酯等芳基多元羧酸環烷基酯系可塑 劑三苯基苯·1,3,5-四羧酸酯、六 4-甲基苯基苯-1,2,3,4,5,6-六羧酸酯等芳基多元羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑。這 0 些烷氧基、環烷氧基可爲相同或相異、或1取代,或這些 取代基可再被取代。烷基、環烷基可爲混合、或這些取代 基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且鄰苯二甲酸的芳香環亦可被取 代,亦可爲二聚物、三聚物、四聚物等多聚物。又,鄰苯 二甲酸酯的部分結構可爲聚合物之一部分、或規則地成爲 聚合物之側鏈、或亦可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外 線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。 上述多元羧酸與1元醇所成之酯系可塑劑中,以烷基 二羧酸烷基酯爲佳,具體可舉出上述二辛基己二酸酯。 •65- 200949319 作爲本發明所使用的其他可塑劑,可舉出磷酸醋系可 塑劑、碳水化物酯系可塑劑、聚合物可塑劑等。 作爲磷酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三乙醯磷酸醋、三 丁基磷酸酯等磷酸烷基酯、三環戊基磷酸酯、環己基憐酸 酯等磷酸環烷基酯、三苯基磷酸酯、三甲酚磷酸酯、甲酣 苯基磷酸酯、辛基二苯基磷酸酯、二苯基聯苯基磷酸酯、 三辛基磷酸酯、三丁基磷酸酯、三萘基磷酸酯、三(二甲 苯基)磷酸酯、參正聯苯基磷酸酯等磷酸芳基酯。這些取 代基可爲相同或相異、可再被取代。又可爲烷基、環院基 、芳基之混合、或取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。 又可舉出伸乙基雙(二甲基磷酸酯)、伸丁基雙(二 乙基磷酸酯)等伸烷基雙(二烷基磷酸酯)、伸乙基雙( 二苯基磷酸酯)、伸丙基雙(二萘基磷酸酯)等伸烷基雙 (二芳基磷酸酯)、伸苯基雙(二丁基磷酸酯)、雙伸苯 基雙(二辛基磷酸酯)等伸芳基雙(二烷基磷酸酯)、伸 苯基雙(二苯基磷酸酯)、伸萘基雙(二甲苯醯基磷酸酯 )等伸芳基雙(二芳基磷酸酯)等磷酸酯。這些取代基可 爲相同或相異、可再被取代。又可爲烷基、環烷基、芳基 之混合、或取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。 且磷酸酯之部分結構可爲聚合物之一部、或規則地成 爲側鏈、或導入於抗氧化劑 '酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等 添加劑之分子結構的一部份。上述化合物中,以磷酸芳基 酯、伸芳基雙(二芳基磷酸酯)爲佳,具體以三苯基磷酸 酯、伸苯基雙(二苯基磷酸酯)爲佳。 -66- 200949319 其次’對於碳水化物酯系可塑劑做說明。所謂碳水化 物爲糖類以吡喃糖或呋喃糖(6員環或5員環)之形態存 在之單糖類、二糖類或三糖類。作爲碳水化物之非限定例 子,可舉出葡萄糖、蔗糖、乳糖、纖維二糖、甘露糖、木 糖、核糖、半乳糖、阿拉伯糖、果糖、山梨糖、纖維丙糖 及棉子糖等。所謂碳水化物酯爲碳水化物之羥基與羧酸經 脫水縮合形成酯化合物者,詳細而言表示碳水化物之脂肪 φ 族羧酸酯、或芳香族羧酸酯。作爲脂肪族羧酸,例如可舉 出乙酸、丙酸等,作爲芳香族羧酸,例如可舉出安息香酸 、甲苯酸、茴香酸等。碳水化物之羥基數目爲對應該種類 而不同,但可爲羥基的一部份與羧酸進行反應後形成酯化 合物、或可爲羥基全部與羧酸進行反應後形成酯化合物。 本發明中係以羥基全部與羧酸進行反應後形成酯化合物爲 佳。 作爲碳水化物酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出葡萄糖五乙酸 0 酯、葡萄糖五丙酸酯、葡萄糖五丁酸酯、蔗糖八乙酸酯、 蔗糖八苯甲酸酯等爲佳,其中以蔗糖八乙酸酯、蔗糖八苯 甲酸酯爲較佳、蔗糖八苯甲酸酯爲特佳。 這些化合物之一例子可舉出如下所示,但本發明未限 定於彼等。 莫諾比特SB:第一工業製藥公司製 莫諾比特SOA:第一工業製藥公司製 作爲聚合物可塑劑,具體可舉出脂肪族碳化氫系聚合 物、脂環式碳化氫系聚合物、聚丙燃酸乙醋、聚甲基丙嫌 -67- 200949319 酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯與甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯之共聚 物(例如共聚合比1 ·· 9 9〜9 9 : 1之間任意比率)等丙烯 酸系聚合物、聚乙烯基異丁基醚、聚N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮 等乙烯基系聚合物、聚苯乙烯、聚4-羥基苯乙烯等苯乙烯 系聚合物、聚丁烯琥珀酸酯、聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯、聚乙 烯萘酸酯等聚酯、聚環氧乙烷、聚環氧丙烷等聚醚、聚醯 胺、聚尿烷、聚脲等。數平均分子量以1 000〜500000程 度爲佳,特佳爲5000〜200000。1 000以下時會產生揮發 性之問題,超過500000時,可塑化能力會降低,對於光 學薄膜之機械性質會有壞影響。這些聚合物可塑劑可爲由 1種重複單位所成之單獨聚合物,或亦可爲具有複數重複 結構物之共聚物。可將上述聚合物合倂2種以上使用。 其他可塑劑之添加量對於纖維素酯100質量份而言, —般爲0.1〜50質量份,較佳爲1〜30質量份,更佳爲3 〜1 5質量份。 對於有關本發明之光學薄膜,多元醇與1元羧酸所成 之酯系可塑劑、多元羧酸與1元醇所成之酯系可塑劑以1 〜25質量%含有爲佳,亦可倂用此以外的可塑劑。 對於有關本發明之光學薄膜,以多元醇與1元羧酸所 成之酯系可塑劑爲更佳,3價以上之醇與與1元羧酸所成 之酯系可塑劑對於纖維素酯之相溶性高,可以高添加率下 添加爲特徵,故即使倂用其他可塑劑或添加劑亦不會產生 滲漏’視必要可容易倂用其他可塑劑或添加劑爲最佳。 且,有關本發明之光學薄膜若著色時會對光學用途產 -68- 200949319 生影響,故較佳爲黃色度(黃色指數YI)爲3.0以下,較 佳爲1.0以下’黃色度可依據JIS-K7103進行測定。 《消光劑》 本發明之光學薄膜中欲賦予滑潤性或光學性、機械性 功能時可添加消光劑。作爲消光劑可舉出無機化合物之微 粒子或有機化合物之微粒子。 消光劑之形狀可爲球狀、棒狀、針狀、層狀、平板狀 等形狀。作爲消光劑,例如可舉出二氧化矽、二氧化鈦、 氧化鋁、氧化锆、碳酸鈣、陶土、滑石、燒成矽酸鈣、水 合矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂、磷酸鈣等金屬氧化物、磷酸 鹽、矽酸鹽、碳酸鹽等無機微粒子或交聯高分子微粒子。 其中,亦以二氧化矽可使薄膜之霧値降低故較佳。這些微 粒子可藉由有機物進行表面處理時因可降低薄膜之霧値故 較佳。 表面處理以鹵矽烷類、烷氧基矽烷類、矽氮、矽氧烷 等進行爲佳。微粒子的平均粒徑越大滑潤性效果越大,相 反地若平均粒徑越小透明性越優良。又,微粒子的一次粒 子之平均粒徑爲〇.〇1〜1.0μιη的範圍。較佳微粒子之一次 粒子的平均粒徑以5〜50nm爲佳,更佳爲7〜14nm。彼等 微粒子於光學薄膜表面可生成〇.〇1〜Ι.Ομιη之凹凸故較佳 〇Here, the "melting temperature" of the material constituting the film means a temperature at which the material exhibits a fluidity state after heating. In order for the cellulose ester to melt flow, it must be heated at least to a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature. When the temperature is above the glass transition temperature, the modulus of elasticity or viscosity is lowered by heat absorption, and fluidity is exhibited. However, at the same time, the cellulose ester is reduced in molecular weight due to melting and thermal decomposition at the same time, and the mechanical properties of the obtained film are adversely affected. Therefore, it is necessary to melt the cellulose ester at a reduced temperature as much as possible. To reduce the melting temperature of the material constituting the film, a plasticizer having a melting point or a glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of the cellulose ester can be added. The optical film according to the present invention is an optical film characterized by a plasticizer preferably having 1 to 25% by mass of Q. When the amount is less than 1% by mass, the planarity improving effect is not obtained. When the amount is more than 25% by mass, leakage is likely to occur, and the stability of the film with time is lowered, which is not preferable. An optical film having a plasticizer content of from 3 to 20% by mass, more preferably an optical film of from 5 to 15% by mass, is preferred. In the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of an ester-based plasticizer, a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol formed from a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid is preferred because it has a high affinity with a cellulose ester. The example of the polyol used as a raw material of the preferred ester-based plasticizer of the present invention is, for example, the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Examples thereof include ribitol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, hydrazine, 3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, and trisole. Propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, ι ,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, double Trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, xylitol, and the like. In particular, ethylene glycol, glycerin or trimethylolpropane is preferred. Examples of the glycol ester-based plasticizer which is one of the polyol esters include ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacetate and ethylene glycol dibutyrate, and ethylene glycol II. Ethylene glycol cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as cyclopropyl carboxylate and ethylene glycol bicyclohexacarboxylate, ethylene glycol dibenzoate, ethylene glycol di 4-methylbenzoate, etc. A diol aryl ester is a plasticizer. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, polyaryl groups may be the same or different or may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkylate group or a polyaryl group, and these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. The ethylene glycol moiety may also be substituted, and the partial structure of the ethylene glycol ester may be one part of the polymer or regularly become a side chain, and may be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part of the molecular structure. A glyceride-based plasticizer which is one of polyhydric alcohol esters, specifically, a glyceryl ester such as triacetin, glyceryl tributyrate, glyceryl diacetate caprylate or glyceryl propionate, and glycerol Vinyl cycloalkyl esters such as cyclopropyl carboxylate and glycerol tricyclohexyl carboxylate, glycerol tribenzoate, glycerol 4-methyl-62- 200949319 benzoic acid ester and the like, diglycerin Acetate, diglycerin tetrapropionate, diglycerin acetate tricaprylate, diglycerin tetralaurate, etc. diglyceryl alkyl ester, diglyceryl tetracyclobutyl carboxylate, diglycerol tetracyclopentane A diglyceryl aryl ester such as a diglycerol cycloalkyl ester such as a carboxylic acid ester or a diglycerin tetrabenzoate or a diglycerin 3-methyl benzoate. These alkylate groups, cycloalkyl carboxylate groups, polyaryl groups may be the same or different, or may be further substituted. It may be an alkylate group, a cycloalkyl carboxylate group, or a polyaryl group. The mixed Q groups of the substituents, or these substituents, may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the glycerin and the diglycerin moiety may be substituted, and the partial structure of the glyceride or the diglyceride may be a part of the polymer, or may be a side chain regularly, or may be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part of the molecular structure. Specific examples of the other polyol ester-based plasticizers include the polyol ester-based plasticizers described in paragraphs 30 to 33 of JP-A-2003-12823. These alkylate groups, cycloalkyl carboxylate groups, and polyaryl groups may be the same or different and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkylcarboxylate group, or a polyaryl group, or these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the polyol portion may be substituted, and the partial structure of the polyol may be a part of the polymer, or a side chain regularly, or a molecular structure introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part. Among the ester-based plasticizers of the above-mentioned polyol and monocarboxylic acid, an alkyl polyol aryl ester is preferred, and specific examples thereof include the above-mentioned ethylene glycol dibenzoate, glycerin tribenzoate, and The exemplified compound 16 is described in the work of the glycerol tetrabenzoate, the pentaerythritol tetrabenzoic acid vinegar, and the paragraph 3 of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-1282. -63-200949319 The dicarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer which is one of the polycarboxylic acid esters is specifically an alkyl group such as dilauryl malonate, dioctyl adipate or dibutyl sebacic acid. Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer such as a dicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizer, dicyclopentyl succinate or dicyclohexyl adipate, diphenyl succinate, di 4-methyl Alkyl dicarboxylate aryl esters such as phenyl glutarate, dihexyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate, dimercaptobicyclo[2.2.1]heptane·2,3 a cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid alkyl ester-based plasticizer such as a dicarboxylic acid ester, dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, dicyclopropyl-1,2-cyclohexyldicarboxylate Ring of an isocycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer, diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyldicarboxylate, di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate Alkyl dicarboxylate aryl plasticizer, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl decanoate Aryl aryl dicarboxylate plasticizer, dicyclopropyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl decanoate, etc. Acid cycloalkyl ester based plasticizer, diphenyl phthalate, di-4-methylphenyl phthalate and the like aryl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester based plasticizer. These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different and may be monosubstituted, and these substituents may be further substituted. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may be a mixture, or these substituents may be bonded to each other. Further, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and may be a polymer such as a dimer, a trimer or a tetramer. The partial structure of the phthalate may be a part of the polymer, or may be a side chain of the polymer regularly, or may be introduced into a molecular structure of an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. a part. Specific examples of the other polycarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer include alkyl lauryl tricarboxylate, tributyl-mes-butane-1, 2, 3, #-tetracarboxylic acid ester and the like. Alkyl carboxylate-based plasticizer, tricyclohexyltricarboxylate, tricyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate, alkyl polycarboxylate cycloalkyl ester plasticizer , an alkyl carboxylic acid aryl ester such as triphenyl 2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate or tetrakis 3-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylate a plasticizer, tetrahexyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate, tetrabutyl-1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylate, etc. a base-based plasticizer, a cycloalkyl-polycarboxylate such as tetracyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylate or tricyclohexyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyltricarboxylic acid Acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer, triphenyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyltricarboxylate, hexa-methylphenyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-cyclohexylhexacarboxylate Cycloalkyl polycarboxylate aryl esters such as acid esters, trilauryl benzene-1,2,4-tricarboxylate, tetraoctylbenzene-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylate, etc. Aryl polycarboxylate alkyl ester plasticizer, tricyclopentyl An aryl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester such as benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylate or tetracyclohexylbenzene-1,2,3,5-tetracarboxylate is a plasticizer triphenylbenzene·1. An aryl polycarboxylate aryl ester plasticizer such as 3,5-tetracarboxylate or hexa-methylphenylbenzene-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylate. These alkoxy groups, cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, or 1 substituted, or these substituents may be further substituted. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may be a mixture, or these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. The aromatic ring of phthalic acid may also be substituted, and may also be a polymer such as a dimer, a trimer or a tetramer. Further, the partial structure of the phthalate may be a part of the polymer, or a side chain which regularly becomes a polymer, or may be introduced into a molecular structure of an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. a part. Among the ester-based plasticizers of the above polyvalent carboxylic acid and monohydric alcohol, an alkyl dicarboxylate is preferred, and specifically, the above dioctyl adipate is mentioned. • 65-200949319 Other plasticizers used in the present invention include a phosphoric acid vinegar plasticizer, a carbohydrate ester plasticizer, a polymer plasticizer, and the like. Specific examples of the phosphate-based plasticizer include alkyl phosphate such as triethyl phosphonium citrate or tributyl phosphate, cycloalkyl phosphate such as tricyclopentyl phosphate and cyclohexyl p-acid ester, and triphenyl group. Phosphate ester, cresol phosphate, formamyl phenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, An aryl phosphate such as tris(dimethylphenyl)phosphate or para-phenylphosphonate. These substituents may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be an alkyl group, a ring-based group, a mixture of aryl groups, or a substituent which may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, an alkyl bis(dialkyl phosphate), an extended ethyl bis(diphenyl phosphate) such as ethyl bis(dimethyl phosphate) or butyl bis (diethyl phosphate) may be mentioned. , propyl bis(dinaphthyl phosphate), etc. alkyl bis(diaryl phosphate), phenyl bis(dibutyl phosphate), diphenyl bis (dioctyl phosphate) Iso-aryl bis(dialkyl phosphate), phenyl bis(diphenyl phosphate), naphthyl bis(xylmethyl phosphate) and the like aryl bis(diaryl phosphate) Phosphate ester. These substituents may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a substituent which may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the partial structure of the phosphate ester may be a part of the polymer, or a regular side chain, or a part of the molecular structure introduced into the antioxidant 'acid sweeping agent, ultraviolet absorber or the like. Among the above compounds, an aryl phosphate or an aryl bis(diaryl phosphate) is preferred, and specifically, a triphenyl phosphate or a phenyl bis(diphenyl phosphate) is preferred. -66- 200949319 Secondly, the description is given for the carbohydrate ester plasticizer. The carbohydrate is a monosaccharide, a disaccharide or a trisaccharide in which the sugar is in the form of pyranose or furanose (6-membered ring or 5-membered ring). Non-limiting examples of the carbohydrate include glucose, sucrose, lactose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, ribose, and raffinose. The carbohydrate hydrate is a compound in which a hydroxyl group of a carbohydrate and a carboxylic acid are dehydrated and condensed to form an ester compound, and specifically, a fatty φ group carboxylic acid ester or an aromatic carboxylic acid ester of a carbohydrate. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid and propionic acid. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include benzoic acid, toluic acid, and anisic acid. The number of hydroxyl groups of the carbohydrate differs depending on the type, but a part of the hydroxyl group may react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound, or all of the hydroxyl group may react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound. In the present invention, it is preferred to form an ester compound by reacting all of the hydroxyl groups with a carboxylic acid. Specific examples of the carbohydrate adduct type plasticizer include glucose pentaacetic acid 0 ester, glucose pentapropionate, glucose pentabutyrate, sucrose octaacetate, and sucrose octabenzoate, among which sucrose is eight. Acetate and sucrose octabenzoate are preferred, and sucrose octabenzoate is particularly preferred. Examples of such a compound are as follows, but the present invention is not limited to them. Monobit SB: Monopoly SOA made by First Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.: The first industrial pharmaceutical company is made of a polymer plasticizer, specifically, an aliphatic hydrocarbon-based polymer, an alicyclic hydrocarbon-based polymer, and a polypropylene. Ethyl acetate, polymethyl propylene -67- 200949319 Copolymer of methyl ester, methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (for example, copolymerization ratio 1 ·· 9 9~9 9 : a vinyl polymer such as an acrylic polymer, a polyvinyl isobutyl ether or a poly N-vinyl pyrrolidone, or a styrene polymer such as polystyrene or poly-4-hydroxystyrene at any ratio between 1 and Polyether such as polybutylene succinate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyether such as polyethylene oxide or polypropylene oxide, polyamine, polyurethane, polyurea, etc. . The number average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000. When it is less than 1,000, the problem of volatility is generated. When it exceeds 500,000, the plasticizing ability is lowered, which has a bad influence on the mechanical properties of the optical film. . These polymer plasticizers may be individual polymers formed from one repeating unit, or may be copolymers having a plurality of repeating structures. Two or more kinds of the above polymers may be used in combination. The amount of the other plasticizer added is usually 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester. In the optical film of the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol is preferably contained in an amount of from 1 to 25% by mass, and may be contained in the optical film of the present invention. Use a plasticizer other than this. For the optical film of the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid is more preferable, and an ester-based plasticizer having a trivalent or higher alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid is used for the cellulose ester. It has high compatibility and can be added at a high addition rate. Therefore, even if other plasticizers or additives are used, no leakage will occur. It is preferable to use other plasticizers or additives as necessary. Further, when the optical film of the present invention has an effect on the optical use of -68-200949319, it is preferable that the yellowness (yellow index YI) is 3.0 or less, preferably 1.0 or less. 'Yellowness can be based on JIS- K7103 was measured. "Matting Agent" A matting agent can be added to the optical film of the present invention in order to impart a smoothness or an optical or mechanical function. Examples of the matting agent include fine particles of an inorganic compound or fine particles of an organic compound. The shape of the matting agent may be a spherical shape, a rod shape, a needle shape, a layer shape, a flat shape or the like. Examples of the matting agent include metals such as cerium oxide, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, clay, talc, calcined calcium citrate, calcium citrate hydrate, aluminum citrate, magnesium citrate, and calcium phosphate. Inorganic fine particles such as oxides, phosphates, citrates, and carbonates or crosslinked polymer fine particles. Among them, it is also preferable to use cerium oxide to reduce the haze of the film. It is preferable that these fine particles can be surface-treated by an organic substance because the haze of the film can be lowered. The surface treatment is preferably carried out with a halogenated alkane, an alkoxydecane, a hydrazine nitrogen, a decane or the like. The larger the average particle diameter of the fine particles, the larger the smoothness effect, and the more the average particle diameter is, the better the transparency is. Further, the average particle diameter of the primary particles of the fine particles is in the range of 〇.〇1 to 1.0 μm. Preferably, the primary particles have an average particle diameter of 5 to 50 nm, more preferably 7 to 14 nm. The microparticles on the surface of the optical film can form embossments of 〇.〇1~Ι.Ομιη, which is preferable.

作爲二氧化矽的微粒子,可舉出日本AEROSIL (股) 製 AEROSIL ( AEROSIL ) 200、200V、3 0 0、R9 7 2、R 9 72 V -69- 200949319 、R974、R202、R812、0X50、TT600、NAX50 等日本觸 媒(股)製 KE-P10、KE-P30、KE-P100、KE-P150 等,較 佳爲 AEROSIL200V、R972V、NAX50、KE-P30、KE-P1 00 。這些微粒子可倂用2種以上。 倂用2種以上時,可經任意比率下混合後使用。平均 粒徑或材質相異的微粒子,例如將 AEROSIL200V與 R9 7 2V於質量比爲0.1 : 99.9〜99.9: 0.1之範圍下使用。 這些消光劑的添加方法可藉由混煉等方式進行爲佳。 又,作爲另一形態,混合分散預先分散於溶劑的消光劑與 樹脂及/或可塑劑及/或抗氧化劑及/或紫外線吸收劑後,將 溶劑經揮發或沈澱後得到固體物,將此使用於樹脂溶融物 的製造過程時,由消光劑可均勻地分散於樹脂中之觀點來 看爲佳。 欲改善薄膜機械、電氣、光學等特性,故可添上述消 光劑。 且’添加這些微粒子可提高所得薄膜之滑潤性提高, 但添加時會使霧値上昇,故較佳含有量對於樹脂而言以 0.001〜5質量%爲佳,較佳爲0.005〜1質量%,更佳爲 0.0 1〜0 · 5質量%。 且,作爲本發明之光學薄膜,若霧値超過1.0%時’ 作爲光學用材料會有所影響,較佳爲霧値未達1.0%,較 佳爲未達0.5 %。霧値可依據:π s _K7 1 3 6進行測定。 構成薄膜之材料於熔融及製膜步驟中,要求揮發成分 較少或不產生。此於加熱熔融時發泡,可減少或迴避薄膜 -70- 200949319 内部之缺陷或薄膜表面的平面性劣化。 構成薄膜之材料於熔融時的揮發成分含有量爲1質量 %以下,較佳爲0.5質量%以下,更佳爲0.2質量°/。以下’ 最佳爲0.1質量%以下。本發明中,使用差示熱重量測定 裝置(精工電子工業公司製TG/DTA200 ),求得自30°C 至25 0 °C的加熱減量,其量作爲揮發成分之含有量。 所使用的構成薄膜之材料爲將前述水分或前述溶劑等 ^ 作爲代表的揮發成分於製膜前、或加熱時除去爲佳。除去 方法可使用公知乾燥方法之加熱法、減壓法、加熱減壓法 等方法進行,亦可於空氣中或作爲惰性氣體選擇氮之環境 氣體下進行。進行這些公知的乾燥方法時,於構成薄膜之 材料不會分解之溫度區域下進行時可提高薄膜之品質。 製膜前進行乾燥時,可減少揮發成分之產生,樹脂可 單獨、或樹脂與構成薄膜之材料中,分割成樹脂以外的至 少1種以上的混合物或相溶物後乾燥。乾燥溫度以70°C以 Q 上爲佳。於乾燥之材料上存在具有玻璃轉移溫度的物質時 ,加熱至比該玻璃轉移溫度還高之乾燥溫度時,材料或融 化而處理困難,故乾燥溫度以玻璃轉移溫度以下爲佳。複 數物質具有玻璃轉移溫度時,以玻璃轉移溫度較低的玻璃 轉移溫度爲基準。較佳爲7 0 °C以上,(玻璃轉移溫度-5 ) °C以下’更佳爲110°C以上,(玻璃轉移溫度-20) °C以下 。乾燥時間較佳爲0 · 5〜2 4小時,較佳爲1〜1 8小時,更 佳爲1.5〜12小時。乾燥溫度過低時,揮發成分之除去率 會降低’且乾燥時間會過長。又’乾燥步驟可分爲2段階 -71 - 200949319 以上進行,例如乾燥步驟可含有使用於材料保管之預備乾 燥步驟、與製膜前〜1週前進行前乾燥步驟。 《熔融流延法》 本發明的較佳型態之具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜以如前 述的熔融流延製造爲佳。未使用溶液流延法中所使用的溶 劑(例如二氯甲烷等),藉由加熱熔融之熔融流延的成形 法,更詳細爲可分類爲熔融擠壓成形法、加壓成形法、膨 脹法、射出成形法、吹塑成形法、延伸成形法等。彼等中 ,因可得到機械強度及表面精度等優良的偏光板保護薄膜 ,故以熔融擠壓法爲優。 以下將熔融擠壓法作爲例子,對於本發明之光學薄膜 的製造方法做說明。 圖1表示構成實施有關本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法 之裝置全體的槪略流程圖,圖2表示自流延塑模至冷卻輥 部分的擴大圖。 對於圖1與圖2,本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法爲, 將纖維素酯等薄膜材料混合後,使用壓出機1,自流延塑 模4至第1冷卻輥5上進行熔融擠壓,外接於第1冷卻輥 5之同時,再以第2冷卻輥7、第3冷卻輥8之合計3根 的冷卻輥的順序外接,經冷卻固化後得到薄膜1 0。其次, 將藉由剝離輥9進行剝離的薄膜10,再藉由延伸裝置12 將薄膜兩端部夾持後往寬方向延伸,並以捲取裝置16進 行捲取。又,欲矯正平面性,設置將熔融薄膜於第1冷卻 -72- 200949319 輥5表面挾壓的接觸輥6。該接觸輥6爲表面具有彈性, 與第1冷卻輥5之間形成壓區。對於接觸輥6之詳細內容 如後述。 對於本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法,熔融擠壓之條件 爲與其他聚酯等熱可塑性樹脂所使用的條件相同下進行。 材料爲預先乾燥者爲佳。真空或減壓乾燥機或除濕熱風乾 燥機等將水分乾燥至lOOOppm以下,較佳爲200ppm以下 ❹ 例如將以熱風或真空或減壓下進行乾燥之纖維素醋系 樹脂使用壓出機1,熔融至擠壓溫度200〜300 °C程度,再 以葉片型過濾器2等進行過濾除去異物。 由供給料斗(圖示略)導入至壓出機1時,於真空下 或減壓下或惰性氣體環境下,防止氧化分解等爲佳。 可塑劑等添加劑未預先混合時,將這些於壓出機之途 中進行混煉亦可。欲使其能均勻地添加,可使用靜態混合 Q 機3等混合裝置爲佳。 本發明中,纖維素酯系樹脂與其他必須添加的安定化 劑等添加劑爲,熔融前混合爲佳,將纖維素酯系樹脂與添 加劑於加熱前混合爲更佳。混合爲使用混合機等進行,又 如前述的纖維素酯調製過程中進行混合亦可。使用混合機 時,可使用V型混合機、圓錐螺旋型混合機、水平圓筒型 混合機等、亨舍爾攪拌機、螺帶式混合機等一般混合機。 如上述混合構成薄膜之材料後,可將該混合物使用壓 出機1直接熔融後製膜,但亦可一旦將構成薄膜之材料顆 -73- 200949319 粒化後’將該顆粒以壓出機1進行熔融而製膜。又,構成 薄膜之材料含有融點相異的複數材料時,僅融點較低的材 料於熔融溫度下一旦製作成所謂米通狀半熔融物,亦可將 半熔融物投入於壓出機1後製膜。構成薄膜之材料中含有 容易熱分解的材料時,以減少熔融次數之目的下,未製作 成顆粒直接製膜的方法、或製作成如上述米通狀半熔融物 後製膜之方法爲佳。 壓出機1爲,可使用可由市面上入手的種種壓出機, 但以熔融混煉壓出機爲佳,單軸壓出機亦以2軸壓出機爲 佳。未自構成薄膜之材料製作顆粒下,直接進行製膜時, 因必須要適當混煉度,故使用2軸壓出機爲佳,即使使用 單軸壓出機,可將螺旋形狀變更爲Maddock型、Unimelt 型、Dulmage等混煉型之螺旋下得到適度混煉,故可使用 。作爲構成薄膜之材料,一旦使用顆粒或米通狀半熔融物 時,可使用單軸壓出機或2軸壓出機。 壓出機1内及擠壓後之冷卻步驟可由氮氣等惰性氣體 取代、或藉由減壓使氧濃度降低爲佳。 壓出機1内之構成薄膜之材料的熔融溫度依據構成薄 膜之材料的黏度或吐出量、製造之薄片厚度等而使較佳條 件不同,一般對於薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度Tg而言爲Tg以上 ,Tg+100°C以下,較佳爲Tg+10°C以上,Tg + 90°C以下。擠 壓時的熔融黏度爲1〜l〇〇〇〇Pa.s’較佳爲10〜l〇〇〇Pa*s 。又,壓出機1内之構成薄膜的材料之滯留時間較短者爲 佳,一般爲5分鐘以内’較佳爲3分鐘以内,更佳爲2分 -74- 200949319 鐘以内。滯留時間受到壓出機1之種類、擠壓條件之左右 ,可藉由調整材料之供給量或L/D、螺旋轉動數、螺旋之 溝深度等縮短。 壓出機1之螺旋形狀或轉動數等藉由構成薄膜之材料 的黏度或吐出量等而做適宜選擇。本發明中,壓出機1的 切斷速度爲 1/秒〜1 0000/秒,較佳爲5/秒〜1 000/秒,更 佳爲1 0/秒〜1 00/秒。 Μ 作爲本發明所使用的壓出機1,可使用一般塑質成形 〇 機。 由壓出機1所擠壓出的構成薄膜之材料,被送至流延 塑模4,由流延塑模4之隙縫擠壓出薄膜狀。流延塑模4 僅使用於製造薄片或薄膜者即可,並無特別限定。作爲流 延塑模4之材質,可舉出將硬鉻、碳化鉻、氮化鉻、碳化 鈦、碳氮化鈦、氮化鈦、超鋼、陶瓷(碳化鎢、氧化鋁、 氧化鉻)等進行溶射或镀敷,作爲表面加工,可舉出施予 _ 使用拋光#1 000支以下的磨石進行硏磨,使用#1 000支以 上的鑽石磨石之平面切割(切割方向與樹脂的流向呈垂直 方向)、電解硏磨、電解複合硏磨等加工等。流延塑模4 的模唇(Πρ)部之較佳材質與流延塑模4相同。又,模唇 部表面精度以0.5S以下爲佳,0.2S以下爲較佳。 該流延塑模4之隙縫被構成爲可調整該間隔。如圖3 所示。形成流延塑模4之隙縫32的一對模唇(lip)中, 一方爲剛性較低容易變形之可撓性模唇33,另一方爲固定 模唇34。而多數加熱螺栓35於流延塑模4之寬方向,即 -75- 200949319 隙縫32之長方向以一定間距被排列。各加熱螺栓3 5中, 設有具有埋入電加熱器37與冷卻媒體通路之嵌段36,各 加熱螺栓35爲縱向貫通各嵌段36。加熱螺栓35的基部爲 固定於塑模本體31 ’先端爲銜接於可撓性模唇33之外面 。而將嵌段36進行'~~般空調冷卻下’增減埋入電加熱器 37之入力並調整嵌段36之溫度’藉此熱伸縮加熱螺栓35 ,使可撓性模唇33變位而調整薄膜厚度。於塑模後流之 所要處設置厚度計’藉此經檢測的織物厚度情報回饋至控 制裝置中,將該厚度情報以控制裝置與設定厚度情報作比 較,可藉由來自同裝置之修正控制量的信號來控制加熱螺 栓之發熱體的電力或操作率。加熱螺栓較佳爲長度20〜 40cm、直徑7〜14mm,例如數十根之複數加熱螺栓排列成 較佳間距20〜40mm。取代加熱螺栓’亦可設置於軸方向 以手動使其前後移動來調節隙縫間隔之螺栓作爲主體的間 隔調節構件。藉由間隔調節構件經調節之隙縫間隔一般爲 200 〜ΙΟΟΟμιη,較佳爲 300〜800μιη,更佳爲 400〜600μιη 第1〜第3冷卻輥爲壁厚20〜3 0mm程度之無縫鋼管 製,且表面經鏡面處理者。其内部配置有流入冷卻液之配 管,構成爲配管藉由流入之冷卻液可吸收來自輥上的薄膜 之熱。 一方面,銜接於第1冷卻輥5之接觸輥6,其表面具 有彈性,藉由對於第1冷卻輥5之壓力,沿著第1冷卻輥 5之表面而變形,與第1輥5之間形成壓區。接觸輥6亦 -76- 200949319 稱爲挾壓轉動體。作爲接觸輥6,可使用登錄專利 3194904號、登錄專利3 42 2798號、特開20 02-36332、特 開2002-36333等所揭示的接觸輥。這些可使用購得者。 以下對於這些做更詳細說明。 圖4表示挾壓轉動體之一例截面圖。(接觸輥6之第 1例(以下爲接觸輥A)之槪略断面)。如圖所示接觸輥 A爲可撓性金屬套管41内部配置彈性滾筒42者。 ©金屬套管41爲厚度0.3mm之不鏽鋼製者,其具有可 撓性。金屬套管41若過薄時強度會不足,相反地若過厚 時則彈性會不足。藉此作爲金屬套管4 1之厚度以0.1〜 1.5mm爲佳。彈性滾筒42爲,介著軸承轉動自在的金屬 製内筒43表面上設有彈性體44成爲輥狀者。而接觸輥A 於第1冷卻輥5上被加壓時,彈性滾筒42爲金屬套管41 於第1冷卻輥5被加壓、金屬套管41及彈性滾筒42爲對 應第1冷卻輥5之相似形狀下變形,與第1冷卻輥之間形 q 成壓區。在金屬套管41之内部於彈性滾筒42之間所形成 之空間中流入冷卻水45。 圖5表示於挾壓轉動體之第2例(以下爲接觸輥B) 所示轉動軸上呈垂直平面之截面圖。 圖6表示含有挾壓轉動體之第2例(接觸輥B)的轉 動軸之平面一例截面圖。 圖5、圖6中,接觸輥B係具有可撓性,由無縫不鏽 鋼鋼管製(厚度4mm )的外筒51、與該外筒51内側配置 成同一軸心狀的高剛性金屬内筒5 2所槪略構成。外筒5 1 -77- 200949319 與内筒52之間的空間53中流入冷卻液54。詳細而言,接 觸輯B爲,於兩端轉動軸55a、55b裝上外筒支持凸緣( flange) 56a、56b,於此兩外筒支持凸緣(flange) 56a、 56b之外周部間裝上薄壁金屬外筒51。又,形成於一方轉 動軸55a之軸心部所形成之流體回流通道57的流體排出 孔5 8内,流體供給管5 9設置成同一軸心狀,該流體供給 管59被連接固定於薄壁金屬外筒51内之軸心部所配置之 流體軸筒60上。於該流體軸筒60之兩端部可分別裝上内 筒支持凸緣61a、61b,自這些内筒支持凸緣61a、61b之 外周部間至他端側外筒支持凸緣 56b裝上具有約15〜 2 0mm程度壁厚的金屬内筒52。而於該金屬内筒52與薄 壁金屬外筒51之間,例如形成10mm程度的冷卻液之流 送空間5 3,又於金屬内筒5 2,兩端部附近各形成連通流 送空間53與内筒支持凸緣61a、61b外側之中間通路62a 、62b之流出口 52a、及流入口 52b。 又,外筒51爲,因具有與橡膠彈性相近的柔軟性與 可撓性、復原性,於彈性力學的薄壁圓筒理論可適用之範 圍内達到薄壁化。該薄壁圓筒理論所評估的可撓性以壁厚 t/輥半徑r之比表示,t/r的比越小,可撓性越高。該接觸 輥B中,t/rg 0.03時,可撓性爲最適條件。通常一般所使 用之接觸輥爲輥徑R= 200〜5 00mm(輥半徑r=R/2)、 輥有效寬L = 500〜1600mm下r/L&lt;l之橫長形狀。而如圖 6所示,例如輥徑R=300mm,輥有效寬L= 1200mm時, 壁厚t之最適範圍爲15〇χ〇.03=4.5mm以下,但對於熔融 -78- 200949319 薄片寬度爲1 300mm而言,平均線壓以98N/cm夾壓時, 與同一形狀之橡膠輥做比較,因使外筒51的壁厚爲3mm 時反彈定數亦相等,外筒51與冷卻輥之壓區的輥轉動方 向之壓區寬度k亦爲約9 mm,該橡膠輥之壓區寬度顯示接 近約12mm之値,得知相同條件下可夾壓。且,該壓區寬 度k中的撓曲量爲0.05〜0.1mm程度。 其中,作爲t/rS0.03,一般輥徑:R=200〜5〇〇mm時 ,特別以2mm$tS5mm之範圍時,可得到充分的可撓性 ,且藉由機械加工的薄壁化亦容易實施,成爲極實用之範 圍。壁厚爲2mm以下時,加工時的彈性變形無法進行高 精度加工。 該2mmStS5mm的換算値對於一般輥徑而言,雖成 爲0.008St/rS0.05,但實用上於t/r与0·03之條件下,與 輥徑成比例且壁厚亦變大爲佳。例如輥徑:R = 200中,t =2〜3mm,輕徑:R=500中,t=4〜5mm之範圍下選擇 〇 該接觸輥A、B爲,藉由未圖示之供能(energizing ) 手段,朝向第1冷卻輥提供能量。該供能手段之供能力作 爲F,除以於壓區(nip)之薄膜的沿著第1冷卻輥5之轉 動軸方向的幅度 W之値=F/W (線壓)設定爲 9.8〜 14 7N/cm。本實施之形態中,接觸輥A、B與第1冷卻輥5 之間形成壓區,該壓區(nip)於薄膜通過之間使其矯正 成平面性即可。因此,與接觸輥由剛體所構成’與第1冷 卻輥之間未形成壓區(nip )時相比較,較小線壓下經過 -79- 200949319 長時間夾壓薄膜,故可更能確實地矯正平面性。即,線壓 若比9.8N/cm小時,塑膜線無法充分地消除。相反地,線 壓若比147N/cm大時,薄膜不容易通過壓區(nip),薄 膜厚度反而容易引起不均。 又,接觸輥A、B之表面由金屬所構成時,與接觸輥 表面爲橡膠的情況相比較,更能平滑接觸輥A、B之表面 ,故可得到平滑性較高的薄膜。且,作爲彈性滾筒42之 彈性體44的材質,可使用乙烯-伸丙基橡膠、氯丁橡膠、 矽橡膠等。 而欲藉由接觸輥6更能消除塑膜線,接觸輥6夾壓薄 膜時的薄膜黏度必須爲適當範圍爲重要。又,已知纖維素 酯爲溫度所造成的黏度變化較爲大。因此,欲將接觸輥6 夾壓光學薄膜時的黏度設定於適當範圍,接觸輥6夾壓纖 維素薄膜時的薄膜溫度必須設定於適當範圍爲重要。將光 學薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度作爲Tg時,薄膜夾壓於接觸輥6 前的薄膜溫度T以滿足Tg&lt;T&lt;Tg+l 10°C之條件者爲佳。薄 膜溫度T若比Tg低時,薄膜黏度會過高,而無法矯正塑 膜線。相反地,光學薄膜之溫度T若比Tg+1 ltrc高時,薄 膜表面與輥無法均勻地黏著,仍然無法矯正塑膜線。較佳 爲 Tg+Ι 0。(: &lt;T2&lt;Tg + 9(TC,更佳爲 Tg + 2(TC&lt;T2&lt;Tg + 7(TC。 欲使接觸輥6夾壓光學薄膜時的薄膜溫度設定於適當範圍 ,自流延塑模4壓出的熔融物爲,由與第1冷卻輥5接觸 之位置P1調整沿著第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip )的第1冷卻輥5之轉動方向之長度L即可。 -80- 200949319 本發明中,第1冷卻輥5、第2冷卻輥7之較佳材質 可舉出碳鋼、不鏽鋼鋼、樹脂等。又,表面精度較高爲佳 ,作爲表面粗度爲0.3S以下,較佳爲0.01S以下。 本發明中,藉由將由流延塑模4之模唇(lip)至第1 冷卻輥5的部分減壓至7OkPa以下,可增大上述塑膜線之 矯正効果爲佳。較佳減壓爲50〜70kPa。作爲自流延塑模 4之模唇(lip)至第1冷卻輥5的部分壓力保持於70kPa Ο 以下之方法,雖無特別限定,有著自流延塑模4至輥周邊 以耐壓構件覆蓋進而減壓等方法。此時吸引裝置爲,爲使 裝置自體不會成爲昇華物之附著場所,施予加熱器進行加 熱等處置爲佳。本發明中,吸引壓若過小時,昇華物無法 有效地被吸引,故必須要有適當的吸引壓。 本發明中,將自流延塑模4之熔融狀態的薄膜狀纖維 素酯系樹脂,以第1冷卻輥5、第2冷卻輥7、及第3冷 卻輥8之順序下密著地搬送且使其冷卻固化,得到未延伸 _ 之纖維素酯系樹脂薄膜10。 如圖1所示的本發明之實施形態中,自第3冷卻輥8 藉由剝離輥9剝離之經冷卻固化的未延伸薄膜1 〇爲,經 由跳動輥(薄膜張力調整輥)11導入延伸機12,於此將 薄膜1〇進行橫方向(寬方向)延伸。藉由該延伸,配向 薄膜中的分子。 將薄膜往寬方向延伸之方法,可使用公知拉幅器等方 法。特別爲將延伸方向作爲寬方向,與偏光薄膜之層合可 以輥形態下實施故較佳。於寬方向進行延伸時,纖維素酯 -81 - 200949319 系樹脂所成之光學薄膜的遲相軸成爲寬方向。 一方面’偏光薄膜的透過軸一般亦爲寬方向。偏光薄 膜之透過軸與光學薄膜之遲相軸爲平行下將層合之偏光板 裝入液晶顯示裝置中,可提高液晶顯示裝置之顯示對比, 同時亦可得到良好視野角。 構成薄膜之材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg可藉由構成光學 薄膜之材料種類、及所構成之材料比率的不同來控制。作 爲光學薄膜製造相位差薄膜時,Tg爲120 °c以上,較佳爲 135 °C以上。液晶顯示裝置中,影像之顯像狀態中,裝置 本身的溫度上昇,例如來自光源之溫度上昇可使薄膜之溫 度環境產生變化。此時比薄膜的使用環境溫度,光學薄膜 之Tg爲更低時,會使得藉由延伸固定於薄膜内部之分子 配向狀態所造成的滞溜値、及作爲薄膜之尺寸形狀產生大 變化。薄膜之Tg過高時,使構成薄膜之材料進行薄膜化 時的溫度會過高而提高加熱之能量消費,又進行薄膜化時 的材料本身會分解,且藉此會產生著色,因此Tg以250°c 以下爲佳。 又’延伸步驟中可進行公知熱固定條件、冷卻、緩和 處理,適宜地調整具有依目的之光學薄膜所要求之特性者 即可。 欲賦予相位差薄膜之物性與液晶顯示裝置的視野角擴 大時的相位差薄膜之功能,可適宜地選擇上述延伸步驟、 熱固定處理而進行。含有如此延伸步驟、熱固定處理時, 加熱加壓步驟可於上述延伸步驟、熱固定處理之前進行。 -82- 200949319 將本發明的光學薄膜作爲相位差薄膜,進一步地作爲 複合偏光板保護薄膜之功能的相位差薄膜製造時,進行折 射率控制成爲必須,該折射率控制又以延伸操作爲較佳方 法。以下對於該延伸方法作說明。 相位差薄膜之延伸步驟中,於纖維素酯之1方向延伸 1.0〜2.0倍、及於薄膜面内與此直交之方向提高延伸1.01 〜2.5倍時,可控制必要的滯留値R〇及Rt。其中,Ro表 示面内滯溜値,Rt表示厚度方向滯溜値。 滯溜値Ro、Rt可由下述式求得。 式(i) Ro = ( nx-ny) xd 式(ii ) Rt = ( ( nx + ny ) /2-nz ) x d (式中,nx表示薄膜面内之遲相軸方向的折射率,ny 表示薄膜面内之進相軸方向的折射率,nz表示薄膜厚度方 ^ 向之折射率(折射率於23°C、55%RH之環境下,波長 590nm下測定),d表示薄膜厚度(nm))。 光學薄膜的折射率使用阿貝折射率計(4T),薄膜厚 度使用購得之測微計,滯溜値使用自動複折射計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(股)製)等進行各測定。 延伸可例如對於薄膜之長方向及與此於薄膜面内呈直 交方向,即對於寬方向,逐次或同時進行。此時若對於至 少1方向之延伸倍率過小時’無法得到充分相位差,過大 時延伸會變得困難而產生薄膜破斷。 -83- 200949319 例如,於熔融流延方向(縱方向)進行延伸時’寬方 向之收縮若過大,nz之値會過大。此時,抑制薄膜之寬度 收縮、或於寬方向亦進行延伸來改善。於寬方向進行延伸 時,於寬方向會產生折射率不均分佈。此分佈有時於使用 拉幅器法時出現,其被推測爲將薄膜於寬方向進行延伸時 ,於薄膜中央部會產生收縮力,因端部被固定所產生的現 象,即產生所謂的bowing現象。此時亦於流延方向進行 延伸時,可抑制bowing現象,可減少寬方向之相位差分 佈不均。 藉由於互相平行的2軸方向進行延伸,可減少所得之 光學薄膜的膜厚變動。相位差薄膜之膜厚變動過大時,會 使相位差不均,使用於液晶顯示器時,會成爲著色等不均 之問題。 光學薄膜的膜厚變動爲±3 %,更佳爲±1 %之範圍。於 如上述目的中,於互相直交之2軸方向進行延伸的方法爲 有効,互相直交之2軸方向的延伸倍率於最終各於流延方 向爲1.0〜2.0倍,於寬方向爲1.01〜2.5倍之範圍爲佳, 更佳爲得到必須於流延方向爲1 . 〇 1〜1.5倍,於寬方向爲 1.05〜2.0倍之範圍內進行的滯留値。 於縱方向存在偏光子之吸收軸時,可使於寬方提高偏 光子之透過軸爲一致。欲將長尺狀偏光板以輥至輥的方式 貼合而得到,相位差薄膜於寬方向進行延伸至得到遲相軸 爲佳。 對於應力,使用得到正複折射的纖維素酯時,由上述 •84- 200949319 構成於寬方向進行延伸時,相位差薄膜的遲相軸可於寬方 向賦予應力。此時,欲提高顯示品質,相位差薄膜之遲相 軸以寬方向爲佳,欲得到目的之滯留値必須滿足、 式:(寬方向的延伸倍率)&gt;(流延方向的延伸倍率) 之條件。 延伸後,將薄膜之端部藉由縱剪切機13剪裁作爲製 品之寬度的隙縫後,藉由滾邊環14及背輥15所成之凸邊 加工裝置,於薄膜兩端部施行凸邊加工(knurled,壓紋加 工),藉由捲取機16進行捲取,防止光學薄膜(元捲)f 中之貼合或擦傷之產生。凸邊加工之方法,可將側面具有 凸凹圖形的金屬環藉由加熱或加壓而進行加工。且,薄膜 兩端部之壓板把持部分一般爲已變形,無法作爲薄膜製品 使用,故經切除後可作爲原料再利用。 繼續’薄膜之捲取步驟爲,將圓筒形捲薄膜的外周面 、與此前的移動式搬送輕的外周面之間的最短距離保持一 定下將薄膜於捲取筒進行捲取者。且,捲取筒之前,可設 有除去或減低薄膜之表面電位的除靜電風機等手段。 有關本發明的光學薄膜之製造的捲取機可使用一般使 用者’可由定張力法、定轉矩法、傾斜張力法、内部應力 一定之程式張力控制法等捲取方法進行捲取。且,偏光板 保護薄膜之捲取時的初期捲取張力以90.2〜3 00.8N/m爲 佳。 -85- 200949319 本發明方法中,薄膜之捲取步驟中,於溫度20〜30 °C 、濕度20〜60%RH之環境條件下,捲取薄膜爲佳。如此 規定於薄膜捲取步驟之溫度及濕度,可提高厚度方向滞留 値(Rt )之濕度變化耐性。 捲取步驟中的溫度未達20°C時,會產生皴紋,薄膜捲 品質的劣化使得無法實用而不佳。薄膜之捲取步驟中的溫 度若超過30°C時,仍然會產生皺紋,因薄膜捲品質的劣化 而無法實用而不佳。 又,薄膜之捲取步驟中之濕度若未達2 0%RH時,容 易產生靜電,薄膜捲品質之劣化使得無法實用而不佳。薄 膜之捲取步驟中的濕度若超過60%RH時,捲品質、貼合 故障、搬送性等會劣化而不佳。 將偏光板保護薄膜捲取成輥狀時,作爲捲核心,僅爲 圓筒上之的核心即可,可爲任種材質,但較佳爲中空塑質 核心,作爲塑質材料以可耐住加熱處理溫度之耐熱性塑質 即可’可舉出酚樹脂、二甲苯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、聚酯 樹脂、環氧基樹脂等樹脂。又,藉由玻璃纖維等塡充材之 經強化熱硬化性樹脂爲佳。例如,中空塑質核心:使用 FRP製之外徑6英吋(以下,英吋表示2.5 4 cm )。,内徑 5英吋之捲核心。 對於這些捲核心之捲數以100捲以上爲佳,5 00捲以 上爲更佳,捲厚度爲5cm以上時爲佳,薄膜基材之寬度以 8 0cm以上爲佳,lm以上爲特佳。 本發明的光學薄膜之厚度依據使用目的而不同,但作 -86- 200949319 爲完工之光學薄膜而言以10〜500μιη爲佳。特別以下限 2〇μηι以上’較佳爲35μιη以上。又,上限150μιη以下爲 佳’ 120μιη以下爲更佳。特別以25〜90μιη爲佳。相位差 薄膜兼具偏光板保護薄膜時,若薄膜過厚時,偏光板加工 後之偏光板會過厚,對於使用於筆記型電腦或攜帶型電子 機器之液晶表示,無法適用於特別薄型輕量之目的。一方 面,薄膜若過薄時,作爲相位差薄膜之滯溜値的表現較爲 Λ 困難’且薄膜之透濕性變高,使偏光子濕度中的保護能力 降低故不佳。 相位差薄膜之遲相軸或進相軸存在於薄膜面内,與製 膜方向所成的角度爲Θ1時,Θ1爲-1〜+1°,較佳爲-0.5〜 + 0.5°。 該Θ1定義爲配向角,Θ1之測定可使用自動複折射計 KOBRA-2 1 ADH (王子計測機器公司製)進行。 Θ1爲滿足各上述關係時,可得到顯示影像中之較佳亮 @ 度,可抑制或防止光漏,對於彩色液晶顯示裝置可得到忠 實的顏色再現。 相位差薄膜使用經廣視角化之VA型式時,相位差薄 膜的配置爲,將相位差薄膜的進相軸作爲Θ1配置於上述 區域中,而提高顯示畫質,作爲偏光板及液晶顯示裝置之 MVA型式時,例如可使用圖7所示構成。 圖7中,21a、21b爲保護薄膜,22a、22b爲相位差 薄膜,25a、25b爲偏光子,23a、23b爲薄膜之遲相軸方 向,24a、24b爲偏光子之透過軸方向,26a、26b爲偏光 -87- 200949319 板,27爲液晶胞,29爲液晶顯示裝置。 光學薄膜的面内方向之滯留Ro分佈調整爲5%以下爲 佳,較佳爲2%以下,特佳爲1·5%以下。又,薄膜之厚度 方向的滯留Rt分佈調整爲10%以下爲佳,更佳爲2%以下 ,特佳爲1.5 %以下。 相位差薄膜中,滯留値的分佈變動較小爲佳,使用液 晶顯示裝置含有相位差薄膜之偏光板時,該滞留分佈變動 較小時,可防止色不均等觀點來看爲佳。 將相位差薄膜調整爲具有可適用提高VA形式或TN 形式之液晶胞的表示品質之滞留値,特別爲作爲VA形式 分割成上述多重區域而欲適用於MVA形式時,調整面內 滯留R〇成比30nm大95nm以下,且厚度方向滯留Rt調 整爲比70nm大且400nm以下之値。 上述面內滯留Ro爲2片偏光板配置於正交尼科爾( crossed Nicol ),偏光板之間配置液晶胞。例如構成如圖 7所示時,由顯示面之法線方向進行觀察時作爲基準,於 正交尼科爾狀態時’由顯示面之法線之斜面進行觀察時, 由偏光板之正交尼科爾狀態產生偏差,對於此所引起的光 漏進行補償。厚度方向之滯留Rt於上述TN形式或VA形 式’特別爲Μ V A形式中液晶胞爲黑顯示狀態時,可同樣 地對於由斜面所見到的液晶胞之複折射爲主進行補償。 如圖7所示’液晶顯示裝置爲,於液晶胞的上下配置 2片偏光板之構成時,圖中的22a及22b爲可選擇厚度方 向滯留Rt之分配’滿足上述範圍,且厚度方向滞留Rt之 -88- 200949319 兩者合計値大於140nm,且爲500nm以1 及22b之面内滯留R0,厚度方向滯留Rt 可提高工業性偏光板之生產性爲佳。特隹 大於35nm,且爲65nm以下,且厚度方[ί 90nm,且爲180nm以下時,適用於如圖’ 式之液晶胞。 液晶顯示裝置中,一方的偏光板上例 _ 光板保護薄膜,面內滞留Ro=0〜4nm及 Ό =20〜50nm下厚度35〜85μηι之TAC薄 圖7的22b之位置時,可配置於另一方的 膜,例如,配置於圖7的22a之相位差薄 内滯留Ro比30nm大並爲95run以下,且 比 140nm大並爲400nm以下者。因可提 由薄膜生產面來看亦佳。 依據本發明由熔融流延法所製造之長 n 薄膜爲,以纖維素酯作爲主體所構成,故 有之鹼化而可活用鹼處理步驟。此爲構成 聚乙烯基醇時,與過去偏光板保護薄膜同 化聚乙烯基醇水溶液可與偏光板保護薄膜 發明因適用於過去偏光板加工方法故優良 長尺狀之輥偏光板故優良。 藉由本發明所得之製造效果,特別於 尺捲物時較爲顯著,以1 5 00m、2500m、 化時,可得到偏光板製造之製造效果。 c爲佳。此時22a 之兩者相同時, I爲面内滯留R〇 3滯留Rt爲大於 7構成的MVA形 如作爲販賣的偏 厚度方向滯留Rt 膜,例如使用於 偏光板之偏光薄 膜爲,可使用面 厚度方向滯留Rt 筒顯不品質*且 尺狀偏光板保護 活用纖維素酯固 偏光子之樹脂爲 樣地使用完.全鹼 貼合。因此,本 ,特別爲可得到 100m以上之長 5 000m之較長尺 -89- 200949319 例如,偏光板保護薄膜製造中’輥長度爲考慮生產性 與運搬性時以10〜5000m,較佳爲50〜4500m,此時的薄 膜寬可選自偏光子之寬或適用於製造流程之寬。〇·5〜 4.0m,較佳爲0.6〜3.0m之寬下製造薄膜’捲取成滾筒狀 後可提供於偏光板加工,又製造目的之倍數寬度以上薄膜 並捲取於輥後,經剪裁後得到目的寬之輥,將如此輥可使 用於偏光板加工上。 偏光板保護薄膜於製造時,延伸前及/或後可塗佈防 靜電層、硬化膜層、易滑性層、接著層、防眩層、阻礙層 等功能性層。此時,電暈放電處理、電漿處理、藥液處理 等各種表面處理可於必要時實施。 製膜步驟中,經切斷的薄膜兩端之壓板把持部分,如 前述經粉碎處理後,或視必要進行造粒處理後,可再利用 作爲相同品種之薄膜用原料或相異品種之薄膜用原料。 又,含有前述可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、消光劑等添加 物濃度相異的纖維素酯之組成物經共壓出後,亦可至做出 層合結構之光學薄膜。例如,可製作出如表皮層/核心層/ 表皮層之構成的光學薄膜。例如,消光劑可多量放入表皮 層、或僅放入表皮層。放入可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑的量與 表皮層相比,於核心層內可放入較多量,亦可僅放入核心 層。又,核心層與表皮層可變更可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑之 種類,例如,於表皮層含有低揮發性可塑劑及/或紫外線 吸收劑,於核心層可添加可塑性優良的可塑劑、或紫外線 吸收性優良的紫外線吸收劑。表皮層與核心層之玻璃轉移 -90- 200949319 溫度相異亦可,核心層的玻璃轉移溫度比表皮層的玻璃轉 移溫度低爲佳。此時測定表皮與核心兩者之玻璃轉移溫度 ,藉彼等體積分率所算出之平均値定義爲上述玻璃轉移溫 度Tg可進行同樣處理方式。又,含有熔融流延時之纖維 素酯的熔融物之黏度於表皮層與核心層亦可爲相異者,表 皮層之黏度&gt;核心層之黏度、或核心層之黏度$表皮層之 黏度亦可。 本發明的光學薄膜的尺寸安定性爲,23 t: 55 %RH下 ❹ 24小時放置後的薄膜尺寸作爲基準時,80°C90%RH之尺 寸變動値未達±2.0%,較佳爲未達1 .0%,更佳爲未達0.5% 〇 使用本發明的光學薄膜作爲相位差薄膜之偏光板的保 護薄膜時,若相位差薄膜本身具有上述範圍內的變動時, 作爲偏光板之滯留性的絕對値與定向角不會與當初設定有 出入’不會引起顯示品質提高能之減少或顯示品質的劣化 ^ 故較佳。 《偏光板》 本發明之光學薄膜作爲偏光板保護薄膜使用時,偏光 板的製作方法並無特別爲限定,可以一般方法製作出。本 發明的光學薄膜之裏側經鹼化處理,將經處理的光學薄膜 浸漬於碘溶液中延伸所製作之偏光膜的至少一面上,使用 兀全驗化型聚乙嫌基醇水溶液進彳了貼合爲佳。另一面可使 用本發明的光學薄膜,或亦可使用偏光板保護薄膜。對於 -91 - 200949319 本發明的光學薄膜,使用於另一面之偏光板保護薄膜可使 用販賣光學薄膜。例如作爲販賣的光學薄膜’可舉出 KC8UX2M、KC4UX、KC5UX、KC4UY、KC8UY、KC12UR 、KC8UCR-3 、 KC8UCR-4 、 KC4FR-1 、 KC8UY-HA 、 KC8UX-RHA (以上爲 Konicaminolta (股)製)等。或使 用兼具盤狀液晶、棒狀液晶、膽石醇型液晶等液晶化合物 經定向後形成之光學異方層之光學補償薄膜之偏光板保護 薄膜爲佳。例如,由特開2003 -983 48所記載的方法可形 成光學異方性層。藉由使用與本發明之光學薄膜組合,可 得到具有平面性優良、安定視野角擴大效果之偏光板。或 具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜以外之環狀烯烴樹脂、丙烯樹脂 、聚酯、聚碳酸酯等薄膜可作爲另一面的偏光板保護薄膜 使用。 取代上述鹼處理,可進行特開平6-949 1 5號公報、同 6- 1 1 8232號公報所記載之施以易接著加工之偏光板加工。 以偏光板爲主的構成要素之偏光子爲,僅通過一定方 向之偏波面的光之元件,作爲現在已知的代表性偏光子爲 聚乙烯基醇系偏光薄膜,此爲將聚乙烯基醇系薄膜以碘染 色所得者與經二色性染料染色所得者。偏光子爲,使用將 聚乙烯基醇水溶液經製膜,將此進行一軸延伸後染色、或 經染色後進行一軸延伸後,較佳爲以硼化合物進行耐久性 處理者。偏光子之膜厚爲5〜40μπι,較佳爲5〜30μηι,特 佳爲5〜20 μιη。於該偏光子面上,貼合本發明之光學薄膜 片面後形成偏光板。較佳爲藉由完全鹼化之聚乙烯基醇等 -92- 200949319 作爲主成分之水系接著劑進行貼合。 偏光子因往一軸方向(通常爲長方向)延伸,故將偏 光板放置於高溫高濕環境下時延伸方向(通常爲長方向) 會緊縮,會往與延伸呈垂直之方向(通常爲寬方向)延伸 。偏光板保護用薄膜之膜厚越薄時,偏光板之伸縮率越大 ,特別爲偏光子之延伸方向的收縮量較大。通常,偏光子 的延伸方向與偏光板保護用薄膜之流延方向(MD方向) &amp; 貼合,故偏光板保護用薄膜進行薄膜化時,特別以抑制流 延方向之伸縮率爲重要之步驟。本發明光學薄膜具有極優 良的尺寸安定性,故可作爲如此偏光板保護薄膜而適用。 即,於60°C、90%RH之條件下藉由耐久性試驗亦不 會增加波浪狀斑點,即使爲於裏面側具有光學補償薄膜之 偏光板,亦可提供於耐久性試驗後視野角特性無變動之良 好辨識性。 偏光板爲偏光子及保護其兩面之保護薄膜所構成,且 Q 該偏光板之一面上將保護薄膜於相反面貼合剝離薄膜所構 成。保護薄膜及剝離薄膜爲於偏光板出廠時之製品檢査時 等以保護偏光板之目的下使用。此時,保護薄膜係以保護 偏光板表面爲目的而貼合,使用於將偏光板貼合於液晶板 之面的反面上。又,剝離薄膜爲對貼合於液晶板之接著層 進行覆蓋之目的而使用’使用於將偏光板貼合於液晶胞之 面上。 《液晶顯示裝置》 -93- 200949319 使用含有本發明光學薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜(亦含有 兼具相位差薄膜之情況)偏光板,與一般偏光板比較’可 表現較高顯示品質,特別爲廣視角型液晶顯示裝置,較佳 爲適用藉由複折射形式之廣視角型液晶顯示裝置。 本發明之偏光板可使用 MVA(Multi-domein Vertical Alignment)型式、PVA ( Patterned Vertical Alignment)型式、 CPA ( Continuous Pinwheel Alignment )型式、OCB ( Optical Compensated Bend)型式、IPS (In Place Switching)型 式等,並未限定於特定液晶型式、偏光板配置。 液晶顯示裝置可作爲彩色化及動畫顯示用之裝置應用 ,藉由本發明可改良顯示品質,提高對比之改善或偏光板 之耐性,不易疲勞而可展現真實動影像顯示。 使用含有相位差薄膜之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置中,將 本發明的光學薄膜作爲相位差薄膜使用的偏光板對於液晶 胞,配置一片、或於液晶胞兩側配置二片。此時使用於偏 光板的相位差薄膜側成面對液晶顯示裝置之液晶胞時可提 高顯示品質。圖7中,22a及22b之薄膜爲面對液晶顯示 裝置之液晶胞。 如此構成中,本發明的光學薄膜可對液晶胞進行光學 性補償。本發明的偏光板使用於液晶顯示裝置時,液晶顯 示裝置之偏光板内的至少1個偏光板作爲本發明的偏光板 即可。藉由使用本發明的偏光板,可提供高顯示品質,可 提供提高視野角特性優良的液晶顯示裝置。 本發明的偏光板中,由偏光子看,與本發明的光學薄 -94 - 200949319 膜爲相反側之面上,使用纖維素衍生物之偏光板保護薄膜 ,可使用汎用之TAC薄膜等。位置於距離液晶胞較遠的 偏光板保護薄膜因欲提高顯示裝置之品質,也可配置其他 功能性層。例如將反射防止、防眩、耐傷痕、防止污垢附 著、提高亮度等功能層作爲構成物而含有之薄膜貼合於本 發明之偏光板表面亦可。 ❹ 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下舉出實施例對本發明做具體說明,但本發明的實 施型態並未限定於此。 實施例1 〔具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜(以下僅稱爲纖維素酯薄膜) 1之製作〕 如下述,使用纖維素酯與各種添加劑藉由熔融流延法 製作纖維素酯薄膜1。 纖維素酯C-1 (後述參照) 100質量份 PETB (後述參照) 8.0質量份 作爲本發明所使用之一般式(1 )所示化合物, 例示化合物1 -3 1 (參照前述) 〇 · 1 〇質量份 TINUVIN92 8 ( Ciba Japan 公司製) 1.5 質量份 將纖維素酯於70 °C,3小時減壓下進行乾燥,冷卻至 室溫後,混合上述添加劑。 -95- 200949319 將以上混合物使用2軸式壓出機於230°C下進行熔融 混合後顆粒化。且,該顆粒之玻璃轉移溫度Tg爲136°C ° 使用該顆粒於氮氣環境下,於250°C進行熔融後自流 延塑模4於第1冷卻輥5上進行擠壓,第1冷卻輥5與接 觸輥6之間將薄膜挾壓並成形。又,自壓出機1中間部的 料斗開口部,作爲滑潤劑添加〇 . 5質量份的二氧化矽粒子 AEROSIL200V (曰本 AEROSIL 公司製)。 流延塑模4之間隔寬度爲自薄膜寬方向端部於30mm 以内爲0.5mm,其他場所調整加熱螺栓成1mm。作爲接觸 輥,使用接觸輥A,其内部流入冷卻水之80 °C水。 自流延塑模4壓出的樹脂與第1冷卻輥5接觸之位置 P1至第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)的第1冷卻 輥5轉動方向上游端位置P2的沿著第1冷卻滾筒5之周 面之長度L設定爲2 0mm。其後,將接觸輥6由第1冷卻 輥5剝離,測定於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip )夾壓之前的熔融部溫度T。本實施例中,於第1冷卻輥 5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)夾壓前之熔融部溫度T,可由 比壓區(nip)上游端P2高出1mm上游側之位置上所設置 的溫度計(安立計器股份有限公司製HA-200E)進行測定 。本實施例之測定結果,其溫度T爲141°C。接觸輥6對 於第1冷卻輥5之線壓爲14.7N/Cm。且導入於拉幅器,往 寬方向於160°C進行1.3倍延伸後,於寬方向一邊進行3% 緩和一邊冷卻至30°C,其後自壓板開放,剪去壓板把持部 ,於薄膜兩端施予寬度l〇mm、高度5μπι至痕刻加工,捲 -96- 200949319 取張力爲220N/m,以錐形度40%進行捲芯捲取。且,薄 膜爲調整壓出量及拉取速度至厚度成80μηι’使完工的薄 膜成寬爲1430mm並捲取。捲芯之尺寸爲内徑152mm,外 徑165〜180mm,長度1 5 50mm。作爲該捲芯母材,使用將 環氧基樹脂浸漬於玻璃纖維、碳纖維之預漬樹脂。於捲芯 表面塗佈環氧基導電性樹脂,並硏磨表面,使表面粗度 Ra成爲0.3 μπι。且,捲長爲2 5 00m »將本發明的薄膜原捲 試料作爲纖維素酯薄膜1。 〔纖維素酯薄膜2〜15之製作〕 纖維素酯薄膜1之製作中,將纖維素酯之種類、本發 明的一般式(1 )所示化合物變更爲如表1所示以外,同 樣地製作出纖維素酯薄膜2〜15。且,取代所使用的纖維 素酯C-1的纖維素酯之添加量與纖維素酯C-1相同質量份 ’且本發明所使用之一般式(1)所示化合物的添加量爲 Φ 表1所記載之質量份。 c-1:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度1.4、丙醯 基取代度 1.3、分子量 Mn=86,〇〇〇、Mw/Mn=2.5) C-2:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度1.3、丙醯 基取代度 1.2、分子量 Mn= 66,000、Mw/Mn=3.〇) C-3:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度1.6、丙醯 基取代度 1.2、分子量 Mn = 79,000、Mw/Mn = 2.9) C-4 :纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度2.0、丙醯 基取代度 0.7、分子量 Mn = 91,〇〇〇、Mw/Mn = 2.4) -97- 200949319 [化 31]Examples of the fine particles of cerium oxide include AEROSIL (AEROSIL) AEROSIL (AEROSIL) 200, 200V, 300, R9 7 2, R 9 72 V -69- 200949319, R974, R202, R812, 0X50, TT600. NL-P10, KE-P30, KE-P100, KE-P150, etc., such as NAX50, are preferably AEROSIL200V, R972V, NAX50, KE-P30, KE-P1 00. These fine particles can be used in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more types are used, they can be mixed at any ratio and used. The fine particles having an average particle diameter or a different material are used, for example, in a range of a mass ratio of AEROSIL 200V to R9 7 2V of 0.1: 99.9 to 99.9: 0.1. The method of adding these matting agents may preferably be carried out by kneading or the like. Further, in another embodiment, the matting agent previously dispersed in the solvent and the resin and/or the plasticizer and/or the antioxidant and/or the ultraviolet absorber are mixed and dispersed, and then the solvent is volatilized or precipitated to obtain a solid matter, and this is used. In the production process of the resin melt, it is preferred from the viewpoint that the matting agent can be uniformly dispersed in the resin. In order to improve the mechanical, electrical, and optical properties of the film, the above-mentioned matting agent can be added. Further, 'the addition of these fine particles improves the smoothness of the obtained film, but increases the haze when added. Therefore, the content of the resin is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 1% by mass, based on the resin. More preferably 0.0 1 to 0 · 5 mass%. Further, as the optical film of the present invention, when the haze exceeds 1.0%, it is affected as an optical material, and it is preferable that the haze is less than 1.0%, preferably less than 0.5%. The smog can be measured according to: π s _K7 1 3 6 . The material constituting the film requires less or no generation of volatile components in the melting and film forming steps. This foaming upon heating and melting can reduce or avoid the defects of the film or the planarity of the surface of the film. The content of the volatile component in the material constituting the film at the time of melting is 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass. The following 'best is 0.1% by mass or less. In the present invention, a differential weight measurement device (TG/DTA200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.) is used to obtain a heating loss from 30 ° C to 25 ° C, and the amount thereof is a content of a volatile component. The material constituting the film to be used is preferably a volatile component represented by the above-mentioned water or the solvent or the like before or during heating. The removal method can be carried out by a heating method such as a known drying method, a reduced pressure method, a heating and decompression method, or the like, or in an air or an inert atmosphere of nitrogen as an inert gas. When these known drying methods are carried out, the quality of the film can be improved when it is carried out in a temperature region where the material constituting the film does not decompose. When drying is carried out before the film formation, the generation of the volatile component can be reduced, and the resin can be separated into a mixture or a mixture of at least one of the resin and the resin and the material constituting the film, and then dried. The drying temperature is preferably 70 ° C in Q. When a material having a glass transition temperature is present on the dried material, heating to a drying temperature higher than the glass transition temperature makes it difficult to handle the material or melt, so the drying temperature is preferably at or below the glass transition temperature. When the complex material has a glass transition temperature, it is based on the glass transition temperature at which the glass transition temperature is low. It is preferably 70 ° C or more, (glass transition temperature - 5 ° ° C or less), more preferably 110 ° C or more, (glass transition temperature -20 ° ° C or less). The drying time is preferably from 0 to 5 to 2 hours, preferably from 1 to 18 hours, more preferably from 1.5 to 12 hours. When the drying temperature is too low, the removal rate of volatile components is lowered' and the drying time is too long. Further, the drying step can be carried out in two steps of -71 - 200949319. For example, the drying step may include a preliminary drying step for material storage and a pre-drying step before ~1 week before film formation. <<Melt Casting Method>> A preferred embodiment of the optical film of the cellulose ester of the present invention is preferably produced by melt casting as described above. The solvent used in the solution casting method (for example, methylene chloride or the like) is not used, and the molding method by melt-melting by heating and melting is more specifically classified into a melt extrusion molding method, a pressure molding method, and an expansion method. Injection molding method, blow molding method, extension molding method, and the like. Among them, a melt-pressing method is preferred because an excellent polarizing plate protective film such as mechanical strength and surface precision can be obtained. Hereinafter, a method of producing an optical film of the present invention will be described by taking a melt extrusion method as an example. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic flow chart showing the entire apparatus for carrying out the method for producing an optical film of the present invention, and Fig. 2 is an enlarged view showing a portion from a casting die to a cooling roll. 1 and 2, the optical film of the present invention is produced by mixing a film material such as cellulose ester, and then extruding the film from the casting die 4 to the first cooling roll 5 using the extruder 1. In addition to the first cooling roll 5, the third cooling roll 7 and the third cooling roll 8 are connected in series to form a cooling film, and the film 10 is obtained by cooling and solidifying. Next, the film 10 which has been peeled off by the peeling roller 9 is further sandwiched by the stretching device 12 and stretched in the width direction, and taken up by the winding device 16. Further, in order to correct the planarity, a contact roll 6 for pressing the molten film on the surface of the first cooling -72 - 200949319 roll 5 is provided. The contact roller 6 has elasticity on the surface and forms a nip between the first cooling roller 5. The details of the touch roller 6 will be described later. In the method for producing an optical film of the present invention, the conditions of melt extrusion are carried out under the same conditions as those used for thermoplastic resins such as other polyesters. The material is preferably pre-dried. The water is dried to a vacuum of 100 ppm or less, preferably 200 ppm or less, in a vacuum or a vacuum dryer or a dehumidifying hot air dryer. For example, the cellulose vinegar resin which is dried by hot air or under vacuum or reduced pressure is used, and the extruder 1 is melted. The extrusion temperature is about 200 to 300 ° C, and the foreign matter is removed by filtration using a vane type filter 2 or the like. When the feed hopper (not shown) is introduced into the extruder 1, it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition or the like under vacuum or under reduced pressure or in an inert gas atmosphere. When the additives such as a plasticizer are not previously mixed, these may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. For the purpose of evenly adding it, it is preferable to use a mixing device such as a static mixing Q machine 3. In the present invention, the cellulose ester-based resin and other additives such as a stabilizer which must be added are preferably mixed before melting, and it is more preferable to mix the cellulose ester-based resin and the additive before heating. The mixing is carried out using a mixer or the like, and mixing may be carried out in the cellulose ester preparation process as described above. When a mixer is used, a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical spiral type mixer, a horizontal cylinder type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon mixer can be used. After mixing the materials constituting the film as described above, the mixture may be directly melted by using the extruder 1 to form a film, but once the material constituting the film is granulated -73-200949319, the granules are extruded into the machine 1 Melting to form a film. Further, when the material constituting the film contains a plurality of materials having different melting points, only the material having a lower melting point can be made into a so-called rice-like semi-melt at the melting temperature, and the semi-melt can be introduced into the extruder 1 After film formation. When the material constituting the film contains a material which is easily thermally decomposed, a method of directly forming a film without pellets or a method of forming a film after the rice-like semi-melt is preferably carried out for the purpose of reducing the number of times of melting. The extruder 1 is a variety of extruders which can be used commercially, but a melt-kneading extruder is preferred, and a single-axis extruder is also preferably a 2-axis extruder. When the film is directly formed from the material constituting the film, it is necessary to use a 2-axis extruder because the kneading degree is necessary. Therefore, even if a uniaxial extruder is used, the spiral shape can be changed to Maddock type. It can be used because it is moderately kneaded under the spiral of a mixed type such as Unimelt type or Dulmage. As the material constituting the film, when a pellet or a rice-like semi-melt is used, a uniaxial extruder or a 2-axis extruder can be used. The cooling step in the extruder 1 and after the extrusion may be replaced by an inert gas such as nitrogen or a reduced oxygen concentration by pressure reduction. The melting temperature of the material constituting the film in the extruder 1 is preferably different depending on the viscosity or discharge amount of the material constituting the film, the thickness of the sheet to be produced, and the like, and is generally Tg or more for the glass transition temperature Tg of the film. Tg + 100 ° C or less, preferably Tg + 10 ° C or more, Tg + 90 ° C or less. The melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is 1 to 1 〇〇〇〇Pa.s', preferably 10 to 1 〇〇〇Pa*s. Further, it is preferable that the material constituting the film in the extruder 1 has a shorter residence time, and is usually within 5 minutes, preferably within 3 minutes, more preferably within 2 minutes - 74 to 200949319 hours. The residence time is limited by the type of the extruder 1 and the extrusion conditions, and can be shortened by adjusting the supply amount of the material, the L/D, the number of spiral rotations, the depth of the spiral groove, and the like. The spiral shape or the number of rotations of the extruder 1 and the like are appropriately selected by the viscosity or the discharge amount of the material constituting the film. In the present invention, the cutting speed of the extruder 1 is from 1/sec to 1 0000/sec, preferably from 5/sec to 1 000/sec, more preferably from 10/sec to 1 00/sec. Μ As the extruder 1 used in the present invention, a general plastic forming machine can be used. The material constituting the film extruded by the extruder 1 is sent to the casting mold 4, and is extruded into a film shape by the slit of the casting mold 4. The casting mold 4 is used only for producing a sheet or a film, and is not particularly limited. Examples of the material of the casting mold 4 include hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, ultra-steel, ceramics (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide). Spraying or plating, as surface processing, can be exemplified by using honing stone with less than 1 000 grinding stones, and cutting with more than #1 000 diamond grinding stones (cutting direction and resin flow direction) In the vertical direction), electrolytic honing, electrolytic composite honing and other processing. The preferred material of the lip portion of the casting die 4 is the same as that of the casting die 4. Further, the surface precision of the lip portion is preferably 0.5 S or less, and preferably 0.2 S or less. The slit of the casting mold 4 is configured to adjust the interval. As shown in Figure 3. One of the pair of lips forming the slit 32 of the casting mold 4 is a flexible lip 33 which is less rigid and easily deformed, and the other is a fixed lip 34. Most of the heating bolts 35 are arranged at a certain interval in the width direction of the casting mold 4, i.e., -75-200949319. Each of the heating bolts 35 is provided with a block 36 having a buried electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each of the heating bolts 35 penetrates each block 36 in the longitudinal direction. The base of the heating bolt 35 is fixed to the outer surface of the mold body 31' to engage the outer surface of the flexible lip 33. On the other hand, the block 36 is subjected to '~-like air-conditioning cooling' to increase or decrease the force of the embedded electric heater 37 and adjust the temperature of the block 36. The heat-expanding heating bolt 35 is used to adjust the flexible lip 33 to be adjusted. membrane thickness. Providing a thickness gauge at a desired location after the molding is performed, whereby the detected fabric thickness information is fed back to the control device, and the thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device, and the correction control amount from the same device can be used. The signal is used to control the power or operating rate of the heating element of the heating bolt. The heating bolts are preferably 20 to 40 cm in length and 7 to 14 mm in diameter. For example, a plurality of plural heating bolts are arranged at a preferred pitch of 20 to 40 mm. Instead of the heating bolts', it is also possible to arrange the spacers in the axial direction to manually move them back and forth to adjust the slit spacing as the main space adjusting member. The gap interval adjusted by the interval adjusting member is generally 200 to ΙΟΟΟμηη, preferably 300 to 800 μm, more preferably 400 to 600 μm. The first to third cooling rolls are made of seamless steel pipe having a wall thickness of 20 to 30 mm. And the surface is mirrored. A pipe into which the coolant flows is disposed inside, and the pipe is configured to absorb heat from the film on the roll by the inflowing coolant. On the other hand, the contact roller 6 coupled to the first cooling roller 5 has elasticity on its surface, and is deformed along the surface of the first cooling roller 5 by the pressure of the first cooling roller 5, and is interposed between the first roller 5 and the first roller 5. A nip is formed. The contact roller 6 is also -76-200949319 and is called a rolling rotor. As the contact roller 6, a contact roller disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. These can be used by purchasers. These are explained in more detail below. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a rolling rotor. (The first example of the contact roller 6 (hereinafter referred to as the contact roller A)). The contact roller A is a member in which the elastic roller 42 is disposed inside the flexible metal sleeve 41 as shown. The metal sleeve 41 is made of stainless steel having a thickness of 0.3 mm and has flexibility. When the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength is insufficient, and if it is too thick, the elasticity is insufficient. Therefore, the thickness of the metal sleeve 4 1 is preferably 0.1 to 1.5 mm. The elastic roller 42 is provided with an elastic body 44 as a roller on the surface of the metal inner cylinder 43 which is rotatably supported by the bearing. When the contact roller A is pressurized on the first cooling roller 5, the elastic roller 42 is pressurized by the metal sleeve 41 on the first cooling roller 5, and the metal sleeve 41 and the elastic roller 42 are corresponding to the first cooling roller 5. Deformed under a similar shape, and formed into a nip between the first cooling roller and the first cooling roller. Cooling water 45 flows into the space formed between the elastic rollers 42 inside the metal sleeve 41. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertical plane on the rotating shaft shown in the second example of the rolling rotor (hereinafter referred to as the contact roller B). Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a plane of a rotation axis of a second example (contact roller B) including a rolling rotor. In Fig. 5 and Fig. 6, the contact roller B is flexible, and the outer cylinder 51 made of a seamless stainless steel pipe (thickness: 4 mm) and the high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 5 which is disposed in the same axial direction as the inner side of the outer cylinder 51 are provided. 2 strategic composition. The cooling liquid 54 flows into the space 53 between the outer cylinder 5 1 - 77 - 200949319 and the inner cylinder 52 . Specifically, the contact set B is such that the outer tube support shafts (flanges) 56a, 56b are attached to the both end rotary shafts 55a, 55b, and the outer peripheral support flanges 56a, 56b are disposed between the outer peripheral portions. Upper thin-walled metal outer cylinder 51. Further, the fluid supply pipe 59 is formed in the same axial center in the fluid discharge hole 58 formed in the fluid return passage 57 formed by the axial center portion of the one rotation shaft 55a, and the fluid supply pipe 59 is connected and fixed to the thin wall. The fluid cylinder 60 is disposed on the axial center portion of the metal outer cylinder 51. Inner cylinder support flanges 61a, 61b may be respectively attached to both end portions of the fluid barrel 60, and the outer cylinder support flanges 56b are attached from the outer portions of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a, 61b to the other end side outer cylinder support flanges 56b. A metal inner cylinder 52 having a wall thickness of about 15 to 20 mm. Between the metal inner cylinder 52 and the thin-walled metal outer cylinder 51, for example, a cooling liquid flow space 5 3 is formed, and a metal inner cylinder 52 is formed, and a communication flow space 53 is formed in the vicinity of both end portions. The outflow port 52a and the inflow port 52b of the intermediate passages 62a and 62b on the outer side of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b. Further, the outer cylinder 51 has a flexibility, flexibility, and restorability similar to the elasticity of the rubber, and is thinned in a range in which the thin-walled cylinder theory of elasticity is applicable. The flexibility evaluated by the thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the ratio of the wall thickness t/roller radius r, and the smaller the ratio of t/r, the higher the flexibility. In the contact roll B, when t/rg is 0.03, flexibility is an optimum condition. Generally, the contact roller used is a roll diameter R = 200 to 500 mm (roll radius r = R / 2), and the roll effective width L = 500 to 1600 mm at r / L &lt;l horizontally long shape. As shown in Fig. 6, for example, when the roll diameter R = 300 mm and the roll effective width L = 1200 mm, the optimum range of the wall thickness t is 15 〇χ〇.03 = 4.5 mm or less, but for the melt -78-200949319, the sheet width is In the case of 1 300 mm, when the average line pressure is 98 N/cm, it is compared with the rubber roller of the same shape. Since the wall thickness of the outer cylinder 51 is 3 mm, the rebound number is also equal, and the pressure of the outer cylinder 51 and the cooling roller is equal. The nip width k of the roll direction of the zone is also about 9 mm, and the nip width of the rubber roll is shown to be close to about 12 mm, and it can be pinched under the same conditions. Further, the amount of deflection in the nip width k is about 0.05 to 0.1 mm. In addition, as t/rS0.03, when the roll diameter is generally R=200 to 5 mm, particularly in the range of 2 mm $ tS 5 mm, sufficient flexibility can be obtained, and the thickness of the machine is also reduced. It is easy to implement and becomes extremely practical. When the wall thickness is 2 mm or less, the elastic deformation during processing cannot be processed with high precision. The conversion of 2 mm StS 5 mm is 0.008 St/rS 0.05 for the normal roll diameter, but it is preferably proportional to the roll diameter and the wall thickness is also large under the conditions of t/r and 0·03. For example, the roll diameter: R = 200, t = 2 to 3 mm, light diameter: R = 500, t = 4 to 5 mm, the contact rolls A, B are selected, and the energy is not shown ( Energizing means providing energy to the first chill roll. The supply capacity of the energy supply means is F, and the width W of the film of the nip along the rotation axis direction of the first cooling roll 5 is set to 9.8=F/W (line pressure) is set to 9.8 to 14 7N/cm. In the embodiment of the present invention, a nip is formed between the contact rolls A and B and the first cooling roll 5, and the nip may be corrected to planarity between the passages of the film. Therefore, compared with when the contact roller is composed of a rigid body and the nip is not formed between the first cooling roller, the film is pressed for a long time by the small wire pressing -79-200949319, so that the film can be more reliably Correct flatness. That is, if the line pressure is less than 9.8 N/cm, the plastic film line cannot be sufficiently eliminated. On the other hand, when the line pressure is larger than 147 N/cm, the film does not easily pass through the nip, and the thickness of the film is liable to cause unevenness. Further, when the surfaces of the contact rolls A and B are made of metal, the surface of the rolls A and B can be smoothly smoothed compared with the case where the surface of the contact roll is made of rubber, so that a film having high smoothness can be obtained. Further, as the material of the elastic body 44 of the elastic roller 42, an ethylene-propylene propylene rubber, a neoprene rubber, a ruthenium rubber or the like can be used. It is important to eliminate the plastic film line by the contact roller 6, and it is important that the film viscosity when the contact roller 6 is pressed against the film must be an appropriate range. Further, it is known that cellulose esters have a large change in viscosity due to temperature. Therefore, it is important that the viscosity of the contact roll 6 when the optical film is sandwiched is set to an appropriate range, and the film temperature at which the contact roll 6 is pressed against the cellulose film must be set to an appropriate range. When the glass transition temperature of the optical film is taken as Tg, the film is pressed against the film temperature T before the contact roller 6 to satisfy Tg. &lt;T &lt;Tg + l 10 ° C conditions are preferred. If the film temperature T is lower than Tg, the film viscosity will be too high to correct the film line. Conversely, if the temperature T of the optical film is higher than Tg+1 ltrc, the surface of the film and the roller cannot be uniformly adhered, and the film line cannot be corrected. It is preferably Tg + Ι 0. (: &lt;T2 &lt;Tg + 9 (TC, more preferably Tg + 2 (TC) &lt;T2 &lt;Tg + 7 (TC.) The film temperature at which the contact roller 6 is to sandwich the optical film is set to an appropriate range, and the melt extruded from the casting die 4 is adjusted by the position P1 in contact with the first cooling roller 5. The length L of the first cooling roll 5 in the nip of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 may be the length L. -80 - 200949319 In the present invention, the first cooling roll 5 and the second cooling roll The preferred material of the material is carbon steel, stainless steel, resin, etc. Further, the surface precision is preferably high, and the surface roughness is 0.3 S or less, preferably 0.01 S or less. In the present invention, by the flow The partial pressure of the lip of the die 4 to the first cooling roll 5 is reduced to 7 kPa or less, and the correction effect of the plastic film line can be increased. Preferably, the pressure is 50 to 70 kPa. The method of maintaining the partial pressure of the lip of the die 4 to the first cooling roll 5 at 70 kPa Ο or less is not particularly limited, and there is a method in which the self-casting die 4 is applied to the periphery of the roll and covered with a pressure-resistant member to reduce the pressure. At this time, the suction device is configured such that the device does not become a place where the sublimate is attached, and the heater is heated to be heated. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate material cannot be effectively attracted, so that it is necessary to have an appropriate suction pressure. In the present invention, the film-form cellulose ester in a molten state of the self-casting mold 4 is used. The resin is conveyed in a dense manner in the order of the first cooling roll 5, the second cooling roll 7, and the third cooling roll 8, and is cooled and solidified to obtain a cellulose ester-based resin film 10 which is not stretched. In the embodiment of the present invention shown in Fig. 1, the cooled and solidified unstretched film 1 which is peeled off from the third cooling roll 8 by the peeling roller 9 is introduced into the stretching machine 12 via the dancer roll (film tension adjusting roll) 11, Here, the film 1〇 is extended in the lateral direction (wide direction), and the molecules in the film are aligned by the stretching. A method of extending the film in the width direction can be carried out by a known tenter or the like. In the width direction, lamination with the polarizing film can be carried out in the form of a roll. When extending in the width direction, the retardation axis of the optical film formed of the cellulose ester-81 - 200949319 resin becomes a wide direction. Polarized film The transmission axis is generally also in a wide direction. The transmission axis of the polarizing film is parallel to the retardation axis of the optical film, and the laminated polarizing plate is incorporated into the liquid crystal display device, which can improve the display contrast of the liquid crystal display device, and can also be well obtained. The glass transition temperature Tg of the material constituting the film can be controlled by the difference in the type of the material constituting the optical film and the ratio of the materials constituting the film. When the retardation film is produced as an optical film, the Tg is 120 ° C or more. Preferably, the temperature is higher than 135 ° C. In the liquid crystal display device, the temperature of the device itself rises during the image development state, for example, the temperature rise from the light source may change the temperature environment of the film. When the Tg of the film is lower, the stagnation caused by the state of the molecular orientation fixed to the inside of the film, and the size and shape of the film are greatly changed. When the Tg of the film is too high, the temperature at which the material constituting the film is thinned is too high, and the energy consumption for heating is increased, and the material itself is decomposed when the film is formed, and coloring is caused thereby, so the Tg is 250. Below °c is preferred. Further, in the step of stretching, known heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment can be carried out, and the characteristics required for the optical film according to the purpose can be appropriately adjusted. The function of the retardation film when the physical properties of the retardation film and the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device are to be increased can be appropriately selected by the above-described stretching step and heat setting treatment. When the step of stretching and the heat setting treatment are included, the heating and pressurizing step may be performed before the extending step and the heat setting treatment. -82- 200949319 When the optical film of the present invention is used as a retardation film and further as a phase difference film functioning as a composite polarizing plate protective film, it is necessary to perform refractive index control, and the refractive index control is preferably extended. method. The extension method will be described below. In the step of extending the retardation film, it is possible to control the necessary retention enthalpy R〇 and Rt by extending 1.0 to 2.0 times in the direction of the cellulose ester and increasing the elongation in the direction of the intersection of the film by 1.01 to 2.5 times. Among them, Ro shows the lag in the surface, and Rt indicates the stagnation in the thickness direction. The stagnation 値Ro, Rt can be obtained by the following formula. Formula (i) Ro = ( nx - ny ) xd Formula (ii ) Rt = ( ( nx + ny ) / 2-nz ) xd (wherein nx represents the refractive index in the direction of the slow axis of the film, ny represents The refractive index in the direction of the phase of the film in the plane of the film, nz represents the refractive index of the thickness of the film (the refractive index is measured at 23 ° C, 55% RH, measured at a wavelength of 590 nm), and d represents the film thickness (nm). ). The refractive index of the optical film was measured using an Abbe refractometer (4T), the film thickness was obtained by using a commercially available micrometer, and the hysteresis was measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). The extension can be carried out, for example, for the long direction of the film and in the direction perpendicular to the inside of the film, i.e., for the width direction, successively or simultaneously. At this time, if the stretching ratio in at least one direction is too small, a sufficient phase difference cannot be obtained, and when it is too large, stretching becomes difficult and film breakage occurs. -83- 200949319 For example, if the shrinkage in the direction of the melt casting (longitudinal direction) is too large, the nz will be too large. At this time, it is suppressed that the width of the film shrinks or is extended in the width direction. When extending in the width direction, uneven refractive index distribution occurs in the width direction. This distribution sometimes occurs when the tenter method is used, and it is presumed that when the film is stretched in the width direction, a contraction force is generated in the central portion of the film, and the end portion is fixed, which causes a so-called bowing. phenomenon. At this time, when the extension is also performed in the casting direction, the bowing phenomenon can be suppressed, and the phase difference unevenness in the width direction can be reduced. By extending in the two-axis directions parallel to each other, the film thickness variation of the obtained optical film can be reduced. When the film thickness of the retardation film is excessively changed, the phase difference is uneven, and when it is used in a liquid crystal display, it may cause unevenness in coloring or the like. The film thickness variation of the optical film is ±3 %, more preferably ±1%. In the above object, the method of extending in the two-axis direction orthogonal to each other is effective, and the stretching ratio in the two-axis direction orthogonal to each other is 1.0 to 2.0 times in the final casting direction, and 1.01 to 2.5 times in the width direction. The range is preferably, and it is more preferable to obtain a residence enthalpy which is carried out in the range of 1.05 to 2.0 times in the width direction in the casting direction of 1 to 1.51 to 1.5 times. When the absorption axis of the polarizer exists in the longitudinal direction, the transmission axis of the polarizer can be made uniform in the width. It is preferable to laminate the long-length polarizing plates in a roll-to-roll manner, and the retardation film is extended in the width direction to obtain a slow phase axis. When a cellulose ester obtained by positive birefringence is used for the stress, when the above-mentioned 84-200949319 is formed to extend in the width direction, the retardation axis of the retardation film can be stressed in the width direction. In this case, in order to improve the display quality, the retardation axis of the retardation film is preferably in the width direction, and the retention of the target must be satisfied, and the formula: (the stretching ratio in the width direction) &gt; (the stretching ratio in the casting direction) condition. After the extension, the end portion of the film is cut by the slitting machine 13 as a slit of the width of the product, and then the flange processing is performed by the edge ring 14 and the back roller 15, and the edge processing is performed on both ends of the film. (knurled, embossing), being taken up by the winder 16 to prevent the occurrence of sticking or scratching in the optical film (element) f. The method of burring can be processed by heating or pressurizing a metal ring having a convex and concave pattern on the side. Moreover, the holding portion of the press plate at both ends of the film is generally deformed and cannot be used as a film product, so that it can be reused as a raw material after being cut. Continuing the film winding step is such that the film is wound on the take-up reel by keeping the shortest distance between the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical roll film and the outer peripheral surface of the moving conveyance light. Further, before the take-up reel, means such as a static eliminating fan for removing or reducing the surface potential of the film may be provided. The coiler for producing the optical film of the present invention can be wound by a general user's winding method such as a constant tension method, a constant torque method, a tilting tension method, or a program tension control method with a constant internal stress. Further, the initial winding tension at the time of winding up the polarizing plate protective film is preferably 90.2 to 30.8 N/m. -85- 200949319 In the method of the present invention, in the winding step of the film, it is preferred to wind up the film under the environmental conditions of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C and a humidity of 20 to 60% RH. In this way, the temperature and humidity of the film winding step can be adjusted to improve the humidity change resistance of the 値(Rt) in the thickness direction. When the temperature in the winding step is less than 20 °C, crepe is generated, and the deterioration of the quality of the film roll makes it impossible to use it. When the temperature in the winding step of the film exceeds 30 °C, wrinkles are still generated, and the film roll quality is deteriorated, which is not practical. Further, if the humidity in the winding step of the film is less than 20% RH, static electricity is easily generated, and the deterioration of the film roll quality is not practical and is not preferable. When the humidity in the winding step of the film exceeds 60% RH, the roll quality, the bonding failure, the conveyability, and the like may be deteriorated. When the polarizing plate protective film is wound into a roll shape, the core of the roll may be only the core on the cylinder, and may be any material, but is preferably a hollow plastic core, which is resistant to plastic material. The heat-resistant plastic material having a heat treatment temperature may be a resin such as a phenol resin, a xylene resin, a melamine resin, a polyester resin or an epoxy resin. Further, it is preferred to use a tempered thermosetting resin such as glass fiber. For example, a hollow plastic core: an outer diameter of 6 inches using FRP (hereinafter, 2.5 inches for inches). , the inner diameter of the 5 inch roll core. The number of rolls of these roll cores is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and the roll thickness is preferably 5 cm or more, and the width of the film substrate is preferably 80 cm or more, and lm or more is particularly preferable. The thickness of the optical film of the present invention varies depending on the purpose of use, but it is preferably from 10 to 500 μm for the finished optical film as -86-200949319. In particular, the lower limit is 2 〇 ηι or more, and it is preferably 35 μm or more. Further, the upper limit of 150 μm or less is preferably '120 μm or less. Especially 25~90μιη is preferred. When the retardation film has a polarizing plate protective film, if the film is too thick, the polarizing plate after the polarizing plate is processed is too thick, and the liquid crystal display used in a notebook computer or a portable electronic device cannot be applied to a particularly thin and lightweight film. The purpose. On the other hand, when the film is too thin, it is difficult to perform as a retardation film of the retardation film, and the moisture permeability of the film is high, so that the protective ability in the polarizer humidity is lowered, which is not preferable. When the retardation axis or the phase advancement axis of the retardation film is present in the film plane, and the angle formed by the film formation direction is Θ1, Θ1 is -1 to +1 °, preferably -0.5 to + 0.5 °. The Θ1 is defined as the alignment angle, and the measurement of Θ1 can be performed using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-2 1 ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). When Θ1 satisfies the above relationship, a better brightness in the display image can be obtained, and light leakage can be suppressed or prevented, and a faithful color reproduction can be obtained for the color liquid crystal display device. When the retardation film is a VA type having a wide viewing angle, the retardation film is disposed such that the phase axis of the retardation film is placed in the region as the Θ1, thereby improving the display image quality and serving as a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device. In the case of the MVA type, for example, the configuration shown in Fig. 7 can be used. In Fig. 7, 21a and 21b are protective films, 22a and 22b are retardation films, 25a and 25b are polarizers, 23a and 23b are the retardation axes of the film, and 24a and 24b are the transmission axis directions of the polarizers, 26a. 26b is a polarizing-87-200949319 board, 27 is a liquid crystal cell, and 29 is a liquid crystal display device. The retention Ro distribution in the in-plane direction of the optical film is preferably 5% or less, preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. Further, the retention Rt distribution in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. In the retardation film, it is preferable that the variation of the distribution of the retained ruthenium is small. When the liquid crystal display device includes the polarizing plate of the retardation film, it is preferable to prevent color unevenness when the variation of the retention distribution is small. The retardation film is adjusted to have a retention enthalpy which is suitable for improving the quality of the liquid crystal cell of the VA form or the TN form, and is particularly suitable for the MVA form when it is divided into the above-described multiple regions as the VA form, and the in-plane retention R is formed. It is 95 nm or less larger than 30 nm, and the thickness direction retention Rt is adjusted to be larger than 70 nm and 400 nm or less. The in-plane retention Ro is such that two polarizing plates are disposed on crossed Nicols, and liquid crystal cells are disposed between the polarizing plates. For example, when the configuration is as shown in FIG. 7 , when viewed from the normal direction of the display surface as a reference, when viewed from the slope of the normal line of the display surface in the crossed Nicols state, the polarized plate is crossed. The Cole state produces a deviation, which compensates for the light leakage caused by this. When the retention in the thickness direction Rt is in the above-described TN form or VA form, particularly in the case where the liquid crystal cell is in the black display state, the birefringence of the liquid crystal cell seen by the slope can be similarly compensated. As shown in Fig. 7, in the liquid crystal display device, when two polarizing plates are arranged on the upper and lower sides of the liquid crystal cell, 22a and 22b in the drawing are in such a manner that the distribution of the thickness direction retention Rt can be selected to satisfy the above range, and the thickness direction is retained by Rt. -88-200949319 The total 値 is greater than 140 nm, and R0 is retained in the plane of 1 and 22b at 500 nm, and the retention of Rt in the thickness direction improves the productivity of the industrial polarizing plate. When the thickness is more than 35 nm and is 65 nm or less, and the thickness is [90 nm and 180 nm or less, it is suitable for the liquid crystal cell of the formula. In the liquid crystal display device, the photo-protective film on one of the polarizing plates can be disposed in the position of 22b of the TAC thin drawing 7 of the thickness of 35 to 85 μm in the surface of the film of the protective film of Ro=0 to 4 nm and Ό=20 to 50 nm. For example, one of the films disposed in the retardation film of 22a of FIG. 7 is larger than 30 nm and 95 rpm or less, and is larger than 140 nm and is 400 nm or less. It is also good from the production side of the film. According to the present invention, the long n film produced by the melt casting method is composed of a cellulose ester as a main component, so that alkalization can be used to carry out the alkali treatment step. In the case of the polyvinyl alcohol, the polyvinyl alcohol-based alcohol solution can be used as the polarizing plate protective film in combination with the polarizing plate protective film in the past. The invention is excellent in the long-length roller polarizing plate which is suitable for the conventional polarizing plate processing method. The manufacturing effect obtained by the present invention is remarkable particularly in the case of a roll paper, and the manufacturing effect of the polarizing plate production can be obtained at a time of 1 500 m and 2500 m. c is better. When both of 22a are the same, I is an MVA shape in which the in-plane retention R〇3 retention Rt is greater than 7. The Rt film is retained in the direction of the thickness direction of the sale, for example, a polarizing film used for a polarizing plate, and a usable surface The thickness of the Rt tube is not good quality* and the polarizing plate protects the resin which uses the cellulose ester-fixed photon as a sample. Therefore, in particular, it is possible to obtain a longer length of more than 100 m and a length of 5,000 m - 89 - 200949319. For example, in the manufacture of a polarizing plate protective film, the roll length is 10 to 5000 m, preferably 50, in consideration of productivity and transportability. ~4500m, the film width at this time can be selected from the width of the polarizer or the width of the manufacturing process.制造·5~4.0m, preferably 0.6~3.0m wide, the film can be supplied to the polarizing plate after being wound into a roll shape, and the film of the multiple width or more is manufactured and wound up on the roll, and then cut. After that, a roller having a wide purpose is obtained, and such a roller can be used for processing of a polarizing plate. The polarizing plate protective film may be coated with a functional layer such as an antistatic layer, a cured film layer, a slippery layer, an adhesive layer, an antiglare layer, and a barrier layer before and/or after the stretching. At this time, various surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, and chemical treatment can be carried out as necessary. In the film forming step, the holding portion of the press plate at both ends of the cut film may be reused as a film material of the same variety or a film of a different type after being pulverized as described above or granulated as necessary. raw material. Further, the composition containing the cellulose ester having a different concentration of the additives such as the plasticizer, the ultraviolet absorber, and the matting agent may be subjected to a total of an optical film having a laminated structure. For example, an optical film such as a skin layer/core layer/skin layer can be produced. For example, the matting agent can be placed in a large amount on the skin layer or only in the skin layer. The amount of the plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber to be placed may be larger in the core layer than in the skin layer, or may be placed only in the core layer. Further, the core layer and the skin layer may be changed by a type of a plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber. For example, a low-volatility plasticizer and/or a UV absorber may be contained in the skin layer, and a plasticizer excellent in plasticity or ultraviolet absorption may be added to the core layer. Excellent UV absorber. Glass transition between the skin layer and the core layer -90- 200949319 The temperature is different, and the glass transition temperature of the core layer is lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core were measured, and the average enthalpy calculated by the volume fraction was defined as the above-mentioned glass transition temperature Tg. Further, the viscosity of the melt containing the melt-flowing cellulose ester may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, the viscosity of the skin layer&gt; the viscosity of the core layer, or the viscosity of the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer. can. The dimensional stability of the optical film of the present invention is such that when the film size after 23 hours of placing at 23 t: 55 % RH for 24 hours, the dimensional change of 80% RH at 80 ° C is less than ± 2.0%, preferably less than When the optical film of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate of a retardation film, when the retardation film itself has a variation within the above range, the retention property of the polarizing plate is 10.0%, more preferably less than 0.5%. It is preferable that the absolute 値 and the orientation angle are not inconsistent with the original setting, which does not cause deterioration in display quality improvement or deterioration in display quality. <<Polarizing Plate>> When the optical film of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate protective film, the method for producing the polarizing plate is not particularly limited, and it can be produced by a general method. The inner side of the optical film of the present invention is alkalized, and the treated optical film is immersed in at least one side of the polarizing film formed by stretching in the iodine solution, and the ruthenium-inspected polyethyl alcohol aqueous solution is used for affixing. It is better. On the other hand, the optical film of the present invention can be used, or a polarizing plate can be used to protect the film. For the optical film of the present invention, the polarizing plate protective film used on the other side can be used for selling optical films. For example, as an optical film for sale, KC8UX2M, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC4UY, KC8UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC4FR-1, KC8UY-HA, KC8UX-RHA (above is Konicaminolta) Wait. Further, it is preferable to use a polarizing plate protective film which is an optical compensation film of an optical heterogeneous layer formed by orienting a liquid crystal compound such as a discotic liquid crystal, a rod-like liquid crystal or a cholesteric liquid crystal. For example, an optical anisotropic layer can be formed by the method described in JP-A-2003-98348. By using the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate having excellent planarity and a stable viewing angle expansion effect can be obtained. Or a film of a cyclic olefin resin other than an optical film having a cellulose ester, an acrylic resin, a polyester, a polycarbonate or the like can be used as the polarizing plate protective film on the other side. In place of the above-mentioned alkali treatment, it is possible to carry out the processing of a polarizing plate which is easily processed in accordance with JP-A-6-94915, and the publication of JP-A-6-181232. The polarizer which is a component mainly composed of a polarizing plate is a light element which passes only a polarizing surface in a certain direction, and a representative polarizer which is now known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is a polyvinyl alcohol. The film is obtained by dyeing iodine with those obtained by dyeing with a dichroic dye. The polarizer is preferably obtained by subjecting an aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol to film formation, stretching it after one-axis stretching, or dyeing it and then performing one-axis stretching, preferably after treatment with a boron compound. The film thickness of the polarizer is 5 to 40 μm, preferably 5 to 30 μm, particularly preferably 5 to 20 μm. On the polarizing surface, a polarizing plate is formed by laminating the surface of the optical film of the present invention. Preferably, it is bonded by a water-based adhesive which is a main component of a fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol or the like -92-200949319. The polarizer extends in the direction of one axis (usually the long direction), so when the polarizer is placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the direction of extension (usually the long direction) will be tight, and will be perpendicular to the extension (usually the width direction). )extend. The thinner the film thickness of the polarizing plate protective film, the larger the expansion ratio of the polarizing plate, and the larger the amount of shrinkage in the extending direction of the polarizer. In general, the direction in which the polarizer is extended is bonded to the casting direction (MD direction) of the film for protecting the polarizing plate. Therefore, when the film for protecting the polarizing plate is thinned, the step of suppressing the expansion ratio in the casting direction is particularly important. . The optical film of the present invention has excellent dimensional stability and can be suitably used as such a polarizing plate protective film. That is, it does not increase wavy spots by the durability test under the conditions of 60 ° C and 90% RH, and even if it is a polarizing plate having an optical compensation film on the inner side, it can provide the viewing angle characteristics after the durability test. Good visibility without change. The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizing film and a protective film for protecting both sides thereof, and Q is formed on one surface of the polarizing plate by bonding the protective film to the opposite surface. The protective film and the release film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate during inspection of the product when the polarizing plate is shipped. At this time, the protective film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used to bond the polarizing plate to the reverse surface of the surface of the liquid crystal panel. Further, the release film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer attached to the liquid crystal panel, and is used for bonding the polarizing plate to the surface of the liquid crystal cell. <<Liquid Crystal Display Device>> -93- 200949319 A polarizing plate using a polarizing plate protective film (including a phase difference film) containing the optical film of the present invention, which can exhibit higher display quality, in particular, is wider than a general polarizing plate. The viewing angle type liquid crystal display device is preferably a wide viewing angle type liquid crystal display device which is in a form of birefringence. The polarizing plate of the present invention can be a MVA (Multi-domein Vertical Alignment) type, a PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) type, a CPA (Continuous Pinwheel Alignment) type, an OCB (Optical Compensated Bend) type, or an IPS (In Place Switching) type. It is not limited to a specific liquid crystal type or a polarizing plate configuration. The liquid crystal display device can be applied as a device for colorization and animation display, and the present invention can improve the display quality, improve the contrast improvement or the resistance of the polarizing plate, and can exhibit the real moving image display without being fatigued. In a liquid crystal display device using a polarizing plate containing a retardation film, the polarizing plate used as the retardation film of the present invention is disposed one on the liquid crystal cell or two on both sides of the liquid crystal cell. At this time, the phase difference film side used for the polarizing plate can improve the display quality when facing the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device. In Fig. 7, the films of 22a and 22b are liquid crystal cells facing the liquid crystal display device. In such a configuration, the optical film of the present invention can optically compensate the liquid crystal cell. When the polarizing plate of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, at least one polarizing plate in the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device may be used as the polarizing plate of the present invention. By using the polarizing plate of the present invention, high display quality can be provided, and a liquid crystal display device excellent in viewing angle characteristics can be provided. In the polarizing plate of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film of a cellulose derivative is used on the opposite side of the optical thin film of the present invention from the optical thin film of the present invention, and a general-purpose TAC film or the like can be used. The polarizing plate protective film positioned far from the liquid crystal cell can be configured with other functional layers in order to improve the quality of the display device. For example, a film containing a functional layer such as anti-reflection, anti-glare, scratch-resistant, anti-stain adhesion, and brightness enhancement as a constituent may be bonded to the surface of the polarizing plate of the present invention. [Embodiment] [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto. [Example 1] [Production of optical film having cellulose ester (hereinafter simply referred to as cellulose ester film) 1] A cellulose ester film 1 was produced by a melt casting method using cellulose ester and various additives as follows. Cellulose ester C-1 (refer to the following) 100 parts by mass of PETB (described later) 8.0 parts by mass of the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention, and exemplified compound 1-3 (refer to the above) 〇· 1 〇 The mass fraction of TINUVIN 92 8 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.5 parts by mass The cellulose ester was dried at 70 ° C for 3 hours under reduced pressure, and after cooling to room temperature, the above additives were mixed. -95- 200949319 The above mixture was melt-mixed at 230 ° C using a 2-axis extruder to pelletize. Further, the glass transition temperature Tg of the pellet is 136 ° C. The pellet is melted at 250 ° C in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then the self-casting mold 4 is extruded on the first cooling roller 5, and the first cooling roller 5 is extruded. The film is rolled and formed between the contact roller 6. In addition, the hopper opening portion in the middle portion of the extruder 1 was added as a lubricant. 5 parts by mass of cerium oxide particles AEROSIL 200V (manufactured by AEROSIL Co., Ltd.). The interval width of the casting mold 4 is 0.5 mm within 30 mm from the end portion in the film width direction, and the heating bolt is adjusted to 1 mm in other places. As the contact roller, a contact roller A was used, and the inside thereof was poured into water of 80 ° C of cooling water. The position P1 from the position P1 where the resin extruded from the casting die 4 is in contact with the first cooling roll 5 to the upstream end position P2 in the rotational direction of the first cooling roll 5 of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 (nip) The length L of the circumferential surface of the first cooling drum 5 is set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the contact roller 6 is peeled off from the first cooling roller 5, and the temperature T of the melting portion before the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is pressed is measured. In the present embodiment, the temperature T of the melting portion before the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is set by the upstream side of the nip upstream end P2 by 1 mm. The thermometer (HA-200E manufactured by Anritsu Co., Ltd.) was measured. The measurement result of this example was that the temperature T was 141 °C. The line pressure of the touch roll 6 with respect to the first cooling roll 5 was 14.7 N/cm. And introduced into the tenter, and extended 1.3 times in the width direction at 160 ° C, and then cooled to 30 ° C while 3% relaxation in the width direction, and then the self-pressing plate was opened, and the plate holding portion was cut off. The end is applied with a width of l〇mm and a height of 5 μm to the mark processing, and the volume of -96-200949319 is taken to be 220 N/m, and the core is taken up by a taper of 40%. Further, the film was adjusted to have an extrusion amount and a drawing speed to a thickness of 80 μm. The finished film was formed to have a width of 1430 mm and wound up. The core has an inner diameter of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1 5 50 mm. As the core material, a pre-stained resin in which an epoxy resin is immersed in glass fibers or carbon fibers is used. An epoxy-based conductive resin was applied to the surface of the core, and the surface was honed to have a surface roughness Ra of 0.3 μm. Further, the roll length was 2,500 m. The film raw material sample of the present invention was designated as the cellulose ester film 1. [Preparation of the cellulose ester film 2 to 15] In the production of the cellulose ester film 1, the type of the cellulose ester and the compound of the general formula (1) of the present invention were changed to the same as those shown in Table 1, and were produced in the same manner. The cellulose ester film 2 to 15 was obtained. Further, the addition amount of the cellulose ester of the cellulose ester C-1 to be used is the same as that of the cellulose ester C-1, and the addition amount of the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention is Φ. 1 part of the mass. C-1: cellulose acetate propionate (acetylation degree 1.4, propylene substitution degree 1.3, molecular weight Mn=86, 〇〇〇, Mw/Mn=2.5) C-2: cellulose acetate Ester propionate (acetate substitution degree 1.3, propyl ketone substitution degree 1.2, molecular weight Mn = 66,000, Mw / Mn = 3. 〇) C-3: cellulose acetate propionate (ethylene thiol substitution degree) 1.6, propylene thiol substitution degree 1.2, molecular weight Mn = 79,000, Mw / Mn = 2.9) C-4: cellulose acetate propionate (acetamyl substitution degree 2.0, propyl ketone substitution degree 0.7, molecular weight Mn = 91, 〇〇〇, Mw / Mn = 2.4) -97- 200949319 [Chem. 31]

T1NUVINd28T1NUVINd28

Ph—1Ph-1

o々c,ch=ch2 IO々c,ch=ch2 I

〔纖維素酯薄膜1-1〜1-20之製作〕 纖維素酯薄膜1的製作中,調整擠壓量及引取速度至 薄膜厚度爲40μιη以外,與纖維素酯薄膜1之製作同樣方 法下,製作出纖維素酯薄膜1-1〜卜2()° 且,使用之纖維素酯的種類與表1-1所記載之種類相 同,添加量爲與纖維素酯c-l之相同質量份’又’本發明 所使用之一般式(1)所示化合物的種類、添加量如表 所記載之種類、質量份。 實施例2 〔具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜(以下僅稱爲纖維素酯薄膜) 2 1之製作〕 -98 - 200949319 如下述’使用纖維素酯與各種添加劑藉由熔融流延製 作出纖維素酯薄膜21。 纖維素酯C-l(參照前述) 100質量份 PETB (參照前述) 8.0質量份 TINUVIN928 ( Ciba Japan 公司製) 1.5 質量份 作爲本發明所使用之一般式(1 )所示化合物, 例示化合物1-31 (參照前述) 0.25質量份[Production of Cellulose Ester Films 1-1 to 1-20] In the production of the cellulose ester film 1, the same amount as the production of the cellulose ester film 1 was carried out except that the amount of extrusion and the drawing speed were adjusted to a film thickness of 40 μm. The cellulose ester film 1-1 to 2 () was produced, and the type of the cellulose ester used was the same as that described in Table 1-1, and the amount of addition was the same as that of the cellulose ester cl. The type and amount of the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention are as described in the table and in parts by mass. Example 2 [Production of an optical film having a cellulose ester (hereinafter simply referred to as a cellulose ester film) 2 1] -98 - 200949319 A cellulose ester was produced by melt casting using a cellulose ester and various additives as described below. Film 21. Cellulose ester Cl (see above) 100 parts by mass of PETB (refer to the above) 8.0 parts by mass of TINUVIN 928 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.5 parts by mass of the compound of the general formula (1) used as the present invention, exemplified by the compound 1-31 ( Refer to the aforementioned) 0.25 parts by mass

Q-l : IRGANOX1010 (Ciba Japan 公司製) 0.25 質量份 Q-2 : SumilizerGS (住友化學公司製) 0.25質量份 Q-3 : GSY-P101 (堺化學工業股份有限公司製) 0.20質量份 將纖維素酯於70°C、3小時減壓下進行乾燥並冷卻至 室溫後,混合上述添加劑。 將以上混合物使用2軸式壓出機,以23 0°C進行熔融 混合成顆粒化。且,該顆粒之玻璃轉移溫度Tg爲136 °C。 使用該顆粒於氮環境氣體下,250 °C中進行熔融,自 流延塑模4於第1冷卻輥5上壓出,於第1冷卻輥5與接 觸輥6之間挾壓薄膜而成形。又,自壓出機1中間部之料 斗開口部,作爲滑潤劑添加二氧化矽粒子Aerosil 200V ( 日本Aerosil公司製)0.5質量份。 調整加熱螺栓至流延塑模4之間隔寬度自薄膜寬方向 端部30mm以内爲0.5mm,其他爲1mm。作爲接觸輕,使 用接觸輥A,其内部流入80°C之冷卻水。 自流延塑模4壓出的樹脂與第1冷卻輥5接觸之位置 P1至與第1冷卻輥5接觸輥6之壓區(nip)的第1冷卻 -99- 200949319 輥5轉動方向提高上游端位置P2的沿著第1冷卻滾筒5 之周面之長度L設定爲20mm。其後’將接觸輥6由第1 冷卻輥5剝離,測定於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區( nip)夾壓之前的熔融部溫度T。本實施例中,於第1冷卻 輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)夾壓前之熔融部溫度Τ’可 由比壓區(nip )上游端Ρ2高出1 mm上游側之位置上所設 置的溫度計(安立計器股份有限公司製ΗΑ·200Ε)進行測 定。本實施例之測定結果,其溫度Τ爲141°C。接觸輥6 對於第1冷卻輥5之線壓爲14.7N/cm且導入於拉幅器, 往寬方向於160 °C進行1.3倍延伸後,於寬方向一邊進行 3 %緩和一邊冷卻至30°C,其後自壓板開放,剪去壓板把 持部,於薄膜兩端施予寬度l〇mm、高度5μιη之痕刻加工 ,捲取張力爲220N/m,以錐形度40%進行捲芯捲取。且 ,薄膜爲調整壓出量及拉取速度至厚度成80 μιη,使完工 的薄膜寬爲1430mm並捲取。捲芯之尺寸爲内徑152mm’ 外徑165〜180mm,長度1550mm。作爲該捲芯母材,使用 將環氧基樹脂浸漬於玻璃纖維、碳纖維之預漬樹脂。於捲 芯表面塗佈環氧基導電性樹脂,並硏磨表面,使表面粗度 Ra成爲0.3 μπι。且,捲長爲2500m。將該本發明之薄膜原 捲試料作爲纖維素酯薄膜21。 〔纖維素酯薄膜22〜35之製作〕 纖維素酯薄膜21的製作中,將纖維素酯之種類、本 發明的一般式(1)所示化合物、其他添加劑變更爲如表2 -100- 200949319 所示以外,同樣地製造出纖維素酯薄膜22〜35。且,取代 所使用之纖維素酯C-1的纖維素酯之添加量爲與纖維素酯 C-1相同之質量份,又使用於本發明之一般式(1)所示化 合物、及其他添加劑之種類與添加量爲如表2所記載之質 量份。 [化 32]Ql: IRGANOX1010 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass Q-2: SumilizerGS (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass Q-3: GSY-P101 (manufactured by Daisei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.20 parts by mass of cellulose ester After drying at 70 ° C for 3 hours under reduced pressure and cooling to room temperature, the above additives were mixed. The above mixture was melt-mixed into granules at 23 ° C using a 2-axis extruder. Further, the glass had a glass transition temperature Tg of 136 °C. This pellet was melted at 250 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the cast film 4 was extruded from the first cooling roll 5, and the film was formed by rolling a film between the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6. In addition, 0.5 parts by mass of cerium oxide particles Aerosil 200V (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) was added as a lubricant to the hopper opening portion of the intermediate portion of the extruder 1. The interval width between the heating bolt and the casting mold 4 was adjusted to be 0.5 mm from the end portion of the film width direction of 30 mm, and the others were 1 mm. As the contact was light, the contact roller A was used, and the inside thereof was poured into cooling water of 80 °C. The position from the position P1 of the resin extruded from the casting die 4 to the first cooling roll 5 to the first cooling of the nip of the first cooling roll 5 contacting the roll 6-99-200949319 The length L of the circumferential surface of the first cooling drum 5 at the position P2 is set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the contact roller 6 is peeled off from the first cooling roll 5, and the temperature T of the molten portion before the nip of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 is measured is measured. In the present embodiment, the temperature of the molten portion Τ' before the nip of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 is 可由' can be increased by 1 mm from the upstream end Ρ2 of the nip (nip). The set thermometer (manufactured by Anritsu Co., Ltd., 200 Ε) was measured. The measurement result of this example was 141 ° C. The contact roller 6 has a linear pressure of 14.7 N/cm for the first cooling roller 5 and is introduced into the tenter, and is extended by 1.3 times in the width direction at 160 ° C, and then cooled to 30° while being 3% relaxed in the width direction. C, after which the self-pressing plate is opened, the pressing plate holding portion is cut off, and a slit of a width l〇mm and a height of 5 μm is applied to both ends of the film, the winding tension is 220 N/m, and the core winding is performed with a taper degree of 40%. take. Further, the film was adjusted to have an extrusion amount and a drawing speed to a thickness of 80 μm, so that the finished film had a width of 1430 mm and was taken up. The core has a size of 152 mm' inner diameter 165 to 180 mm and a length of 1550 mm. As the core material, a pre-stained resin in which an epoxy resin is immersed in glass fibers or carbon fibers is used. An epoxy-based conductive resin was coated on the surface of the core, and the surface was honed to have a surface roughness Ra of 0.3 μm. Moreover, the roll length is 2500 m. The film original sample of the present invention was used as the cellulose ester film 21. [Production of Cellulose Ester Films 22 to 35] In the production of the cellulose ester film 21, the type of the cellulose ester, the compound of the general formula (1) of the present invention, and other additives are changed as shown in Table 2-100-200949319. In addition to the above, cellulose ester films 22 to 35 were produced in the same manner. Further, the cellulose ester of the cellulose ester C-1 to be used is added in the same amount as the cellulose ester C-1, and is used in the compound of the general formula (1) of the present invention, and other additives. The types and addition amounts are the mass parts as shown in Table 2. [化32]

對於所得之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料,N I % 以下迹方法進行 評估。評估之結果如表1、表1-1、及赛,— 突2所不。又, 原捲試料切出一部份纖維素酯薄膜,以γ+ π 卜述方法進矜 、及霧値之評估。 渗漏 (馬背故障、捲芯轉印) -101 - 200949319 將捲取之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料以聚乙烯薄膜進行雙 層包覆’以如圖8之a) 、b) 、c)所示保存方法’進行 25t、50%RH之條件下的30天保存。其後,由箱子取出 ,打開聚乙烯薄片,於薄膜原捲試料表面點燈並將螢光燈 管反射後反映,觀察其變形或微小亂影’將馬背故障依據 下述水準並賦予等級。 A :見到螢光燈成直線 B :見到部分螢光燈呈現彎曲 C :見到螢光燈映有斑點 又,捲取保存後之薄膜原捲試料,將50μιη以上之點 狀變形、或寬方向之帶狀變形可明顯見到的捲芯轉印,測 定自捲芯部分產生該捲芯轉印至幾m,並以下述水準進行 分級。 A:自捲芯部分未達15m B:自捲芯部分未達15〜30m C:自捲芯部分未達30〜50m D :自捲芯部分爲50m以上 (捲開始縐折) 於捲芯進行捲取原捲薄膜之作業,捲開始產生縐折成 爲不良情況時,由捲芯取出原捲薄膜,再次進行捲取作業 。計算此時的不良次數。此作業進行10次後求得平均値 ,並依據下述水準賦予等級。 ’ A: 0次以上,未達1次 -102- 200949319 B : 1次以上,未達3次 C : 3次以上,未達5次 D : 5次以上 (滲漏) 將纖維素酯薄膜於80°C、90%RH之高溫高濕環境下 放置1 000小時後,以目視觀察纖維素酯薄膜表面之滲漏 ©(結晶析出)的有無,依據下述基準進行評估。 A:表面上完全無產生滲漏 B:表面上部分產生滲漏 C :表面上全面性地僅稍部分滲漏 D :表面上全面性地有明確滲漏 (霧値) 由使用霧値計(1001DP型,日本電色工業(股)製 φ )進行測定結果,換算爲試料厚度爲80μιη時的霧値,依 據下述基準進行評估。 A :霧値未達0.5 % B :霧値爲0 · 5〜未達1 · 0 % C :霧値爲1 . 0〜未達1 _ 5 % D :霧値爲1 .5%以上 -103- 200949319 【Is 備考 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 比較例 比較例 比較例 比較例 比較例 霧値 &lt; &lt; C &lt; &lt; c &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Q Q Q Q Q 滲漏 &lt; &lt; ¢0 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; u u Q Q u 捲芯轉印 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; c &lt; &lt; &lt; PQ Q Q Q Q Q 捲開始縐折 03 PQ Ρ3 « CQ (Ώ DQ &lt; C CQ Q Q Q Q Q 馬背故障 &lt; &lt; C &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Q Q Q Q Q 一般式(1)所示化合物 質量份 0.10 0.50 j 1 loo | 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 1 0.10 1 1 0.15 0.50 0.15 種類 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-20 例示化合物1-40 例示化合物1-46 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-40 例示化合物1-31 璀 摧 比較化合物Ph-1 比較化合物Ph-1 比較化合物Ph-2 纖維素酯 ΰ 1 U F-H ό ό ύ I u C-2 ΓΛ ό m ό C-4 ΰ C-3 u ΰ ΰ 纖維素酯 薄膜No. ίΝ m 寸 &lt;5 卜 00 Ο (N m 寸 -104 - 200949319For the obtained cellulose ester film original sample, the N I % trace method was evaluated. The results of the assessment are shown in Table 1, Table 1-1, and the competition. In addition, a portion of the cellulose ester film was cut out from the original roll sample and evaluated by γ + π method and smog. Leakage (horseback failure, core transfer) -101 - 200949319 The coiled cellulose ester film original roll sample is double coated with a polyethylene film 'as shown in Figure 8 a), b), c) The storage method shown was carried out for 30 days under conditions of 25 t and 50% RH. Thereafter, it was taken out of the box, and the polyethylene sheet was opened, and the surface of the original film of the film was lighted and reflected by the fluorescent tube, and the deformation or slight disorder was observed. The horseback failure was rated according to the following level. A: I saw the fluorescent lamp in a straight line B: I saw some of the fluorescent lamps appear curved. C: I saw the spotlights of the fluorescent lamps, and the film samples were taken up and stored, and the dots were deformed by 50 μm or more, or The ribbon-shaped transfer in the width direction can be clearly seen by the core transfer, and the core is transferred from the core portion to a few m, and classified at the following level. A: The core part of the core is less than 15m B: The core part is less than 15~30m C: The core part is less than 30~50m D: The core part is 50m or more (the roll starts to fold) When the original roll film is taken up, and the roll starts to be broken, the original roll film is taken out from the core, and the winding operation is performed again. Calculate the number of defects at this time. After the operation was performed 10 times, the average 値 was obtained and the rating was given according to the following level. ' A: 0 times or more, less than 1 time -102- 200949319 B : 1 time or more, less than 3 times C : 3 times or more, less than 5 times D : 5 times or more (leakage) After standing for 1 000 hours in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment of 80 ° C and 90% RH, the presence or absence of leakage (crystal precipitation) on the surface of the cellulose ester film was visually observed and evaluated according to the following criteria. A: No leakage at all on the surface B: Leakage occurs on the surface C: only a slight leak on the surface is comprehensively D: A comprehensive leak on the surface is clearly defined (haze) by using a haze meter ( The measurement results of the 1001DP type and the Japanese electro-optical industry (manufacturing φ) were measured, and the smog when the sample thickness was 80 μm was converted and evaluated according to the following criteria. A: smog is less than 0.5% B: smog is 0 · 5~ is less than 1 · 0 % C : smog is 1. 0~ not up to 1 _ 5 % D: smog is more than 1.5% -103 - 200949319 [Is] The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention comparative example comparative example comparative example comparative example smog &lt;&lt; C &lt;&lt; c &lt;&lt;;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&gt; QQQQQ Leakage &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; PQ QQQQQ Volume begins to die 03 PQ Ρ3 « CQ (Ώ DQ &lt; C CQ QQQQQ Horseback Failure &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&gt; 0.10 0.50 j 1 loo | 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 1 0.10 1 1 0.15 0.50 0.15 Kind of exemplified compound 1-31 exemplified compound 1-31 exemplified compound 1-31 exemplified compound 1-20 exemplified compound 1-40 exemplified compound 1-46 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-40 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 璀Comparative Comparative Compounds Ph-1 Comparative Compounds Ph-1 Comparative Combinations Ph-2 cellulose ester ΰ 1 U FH ό ό ύ I u C-2 ΓΛ ό m ό C-4 ΰ C-3 u ΰ 纤维素 cellulose ester film No. Ν Ν m inch &lt;5 00 00 Ο (N m Inch-104 - 200949319

【一-一嗽】 備考 本發明 本發明 本發明 ί本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 1本發明| |本發明| 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 霧値 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; c &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; 滲漏 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt;d &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; C &lt; 捲芯轉印 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; CQ &lt; &lt; PQ &lt; PQ cn CQ PQ 捲開始縐折 &lt;3 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; DQ CQ PQ ffl ffl CQ 〇q CQ CQ CQ PQ CQ PQ 馬背故障 &lt; &lt; &lt; C &lt; &lt; &lt; CQ CQ &lt; CQ c PQ PQ &lt; 0Q P3 ffl CQ PQ 一般式(1)所示化合物 !質量份 0.20 | Γ 0.20 1 f 0.20 1 1 0.20 | \ 0.20 | 「0.20 1 1 0.20 | 「0.20 ] | 0.20 j 1 0.20 | 0.20 j Γ 0.20 1 [0.20 1 | 0.20 | | 0.20 | | 0.20 | f 0.20 f 0.20 ] [0.20 | | 0.20 種類 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-54 例示化合物1-55 例示化合物1-50 例示化合物1-62 例示化合物1-70 例示化合物1-71 例示化合物1-1 例示化合物1-2 例示化合物1-3 例示化合物14 例示化合物1-5 例示化合物l-io 例示化合物1-20 例示化合物1-40 例示化合物1-46 例示化合物1-10 例示化合物Ml 例示化合物M3 例示化合物M5 纖維素酯 T-H ό ΰ ΰ ΰ •Ή ΰ ΰ ό ό ό ό ΰ ό ΰ ό ΰ ύ ΰ ό ύ ΰ 纖維素酯 薄膜No. 1 (Ν rn &lt;η τ-^ 1&gt; 00 On τ~Η 厂1-10 Ί 1-11 1 ί-12 1 Γ 1-13 Ί 1 !-14 1 1 1-16 1 _I 厂.1-17— Ί 1-18 1 1 Μ9 Ί 1-20 -105- 200949319 備考 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 本發明 比較例 比較例 比較例 比較例 比較例 霧値 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Q Q Q P Q 滲漏 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; U U U Q Q 捲芯轉印 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Q Q Q O Q 捲開始縐折 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Q Q Q Q Q 馬背故障 &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; &lt; Q Q Q P Q 其他添加劑 種類(質量份) σ Ο 亡 (Ν σ &lt;Ν ri σ (Ν σ cn σ CN S σ a &lt;N Ο, ri σ η 0 m σ (Ν οί σ (η (Ν σ •rT (Ν ο is 6 (N 6 m ά fS 豸 σ &lt;N »—1 σ (N 〇 ri σ o σ cn σ S' m 寸 σ &lt;Π \,Ί 質量份 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.25 0.50 0.20 0.15 0.10 1 1 1 0.15 0.15 V- lie 蜜 m I 種類 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-40 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 例示化合物1-31 m 摧 摧 比較化合物Ph-l 比較化合物Ph-2 纖維素酯 C-l ϋ ΰ ΰ ύ C-2 C-3 ό ό »-Η ύ 6 ύ ΰ 1&quot;^ ό ύ 纖維素酯 薄膜No· &lt;Ν (Ν m &lt;Ν &lt;Ν 00 CN OS (Ν (Ν m m V-i tnThe invention is the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention, the invention The smog of the present invention &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;; CQ &lt;&lt; PQ &lt; PQ cn CQ PQ Volume begins to fall &lt;3 &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&gt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; CQ PQ ffl ffl CQ 〇q CQ CQ CQ PQ CQ PQ Horseback Failure&lt;&lt;&lt; C &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&gt; CQ CQ &lt; CQ c PQ PQ &lt; 0Q P3 ffl CQ PQ The compound of the general formula (1)! part by mass 0.20 | Γ 0.20 1 f 0.20 1 1 0.20 | \ 0.20 | "0.20 1 1 0.20 | "0.20 ] | 0.20 j 1 0.20 | 0.20 j Γ 0.20 1 [0.20 1 | 0.20 | | 0.20 | | 0.20 | f 0.20 f 0.20 ] [0.20 | | 0.20 exemplified compound 1-31 exemplified compound 1-54 exemplified compounds 1-55 exemplified 1-50 exemplified compound 1-62 exemplified compound 1-70 exemplified compound 1-71 exemplified compound 1-1 exemplified compound 1-2 exemplified compound 1-3 exemplified compound 14 exemplified compound 1-5 exemplified compound l-io exemplified compound 1- 20 exemplified compound 1-40 exemplified compound 1-46 exemplified compound 1-10 exemplified compound M1 exemplified compound M3 exemplified compound M5 cellulose ester TH ό ΰ ΰ Ή Ή Ή ΰ ό ό ό ΰ ό ΰ ό ΰ ύ ΰ ό ύ纤维素 cellulose ester film No. 1 (Ν rn &lt;η τ-^ 1&gt; 00 On τ~Η Factory 1-10 Ί 1-11 1 ί-12 1 Γ 1-13 Ί 1 !-14 1 1 1- 16 1 _I 厂.1-17—Ί 1-18 1 1 Μ9 Ί 1-20 -105- 200949319 The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The present invention The comparative example of the comparative example of the present invention Example Comparative Example Smog &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; UUUQQ Core Transfer &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&nbsp; QQQOQ Volume Starts Collapse &lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; QQQQQ Horseback Failure&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; CN S σ a &lt;N Ο, ri σ η 0 m σ (Ν οί σ (η (Ν σ •rT (Ν ο is 6 (N 6 m ά fS 豸σ &lt;N »—1 σ (N 〇ri σ o σ cn σ S′ m σ σ &lt;Π \,Ί 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.25 0.50 0.20 0.15 0.10 1 1 1 0.15 0.15 V- lie honey m I species exemplified compound 1-31 exemplified compound 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-40 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 Illustrative Compounds 1-31 m Destruction Comparative Compounds Ph-1 Comparative Compounds Ph-2 cellulose ester Cl ϋ ΰ ΰ ύ C-2 C-3 ό ό »-Η ύ 6 ύ ΰ 1&quot;^ ό 纤维素 cellulose ester film No· &lt;Ν (Ν m &lt;Ν &lt;Ν 00 CN OS (Ν (Ν mm Vi tn

-106- 200949319 由表1、表1-1、及表2,含有與本發明相關前述一般 式(1)所示化合物之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1〜10、1-1 〜1-20、21〜30,對於比較例之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1 1 〜1 5、3 1〜3 5,已知其爲即使長期間保存下亦少有馬背故 障、捲芯轉印,捲取開始之縐折等薄膜原捲的變形故障較 難產生之纖維素酯薄膜。又,由原捲切出之纖維素酯薄膜 本身對於比較例而言,亦具有優良的滲漏、霧値特性。 實施例3 調製下述組成物。 (防靜電層塗佈組成物(1 )) 聚甲基甲基丙烯酸酯(重量平均分子量爲55萬,Tg: 90°C) 0.5質量份 丙二醇單甲基醚 60質量份-106- 200949319 From Table 1, Table 1-1, and Table 2, the cellulose ester film original sample containing the compound of the above general formula (1) related to the present invention is 1 to 10, 1-1 to 1-20 21 to 30, for the cellulose ester film original sample of the comparative example, 1 1 to 1 5, 3 1 to 3 5, which is known to have few horseback failures, core transfer, and coiling even after long-term storage. The cellulose ester film which is difficult to produce due to deformation of the original film of the film such as the initial folding. Further, the cellulose ester film cut out from the original roll itself has excellent leakage and haze characteristics for the comparative example. Example 3 The following composition was prepared. (Antistatic layer coating composition (1)) Polymethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight: 550,000, Tg: 90 ° C) 0.5 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 60 parts by mass

甲基乙酮 16質量份 乳酸乙酯 5質量份 甲醇 8質量份 導電性聚合物樹脂P-1 (0.1〜〇.3μηι粒子) 0.5質量份 -107- 200949319 [化 33] 導電性聚雜樹脂P-1 --CHtHz— ώ〇,- —〒H5 一 —cch2— c=o 1 0 1 CHj CH,-N-CH, CH* CHj 0 I • CH, Cs〇 +m _ —CCH2— Lch* J tn:n»93:7 (硬塗佈層塗佈組成物(2 )) 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯單體 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯2聚物 二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯3聚物以上之成分 二乙氧基二苯甲酮光反應開始劑 矽氧烷界面活性劑 丙二醇單甲基醚 甲基乙酮 60質量份 2 0質量份 20質量份 6質量份 1質量份 75質量份 75質量份 (彎曲防止層塗佈組成物(3 )) 丙酮 乙酸乙酯 異丙基醇 二乙醯纖維素 超微粒子二氧化矽2%丙酮分散液(AEROSIL : 3 5質量份 45質量份 5質量份 〇. 5質量份 200V 、日本 AEROSIL (股)製) 0.1質量份 -108- 200949319 如下述,製造出賦予功能之偏光板保護薄膜。 (偏光板保護薄膜) 將實施例1所製作之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料 1以聚乙烯薄片雙層包住,以如圖8所示保存方法,於 25°C,50%RH之條件下保存30天,其後於40°C,80%RH 之條件下保存。其後,除去各聚乙烯薄片,自各原捲試料 0 捲出的纖維素酯薄膜之單面上,將彎曲防止層塗佈組成物 (3 )以凹版印刷至成爲濕潤膜厚13 μιη,於乾燥溫度 8〇±5°C下進行乾燥。將此作爲試料1Α。 該纖維素酯薄膜之另一面上,將防靜電層塗佈組成物 (1 )於 28°C、82%RH的環境下,以薄膜搬送速度 30m/min下以塗佈寬爲lm下進行塗佈至濕潤膜厚爲7μπι ,其次於設定爲80±5°C之乾燥部進行乾燥,設置乾燥膜厚 約0·2μπι之樹脂層,得到附有防靜電層之纖維素酯薄膜。 φ 將此作爲試料1Β。且,於該防靜電層上將硬塗佈層塗佈 組成物(2)塗佈至濕潤膜厚13μπι,以乾燥溫度90°C進行 乾燥後,照射紫外線150mJ/m2,設置乾燥膜厚5μηι之透 明硬塗佈層。將此作爲試料1C。 所得之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜試料1Α、試料1Β、試 料1 C皆無刷痕,亦無乾燥後之龜裂,其爲塗佈性良好者 〇 取代纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1,變更爲實施例1及2 所製作之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料2〜10、1-1〜1- -109- 200949319 20、21〜30以外,於同樣方法下進行塗佈。其結果皆確認 爲良好塗佈性。 作爲比較,對於實施例1及2所製作之比較纖維素酯 薄膜原捲試料11〜15、31〜35,各進行與上述相同之方法 〇 將塗佈彎曲防止層塗佈組成物(3 )者各作爲試料1 1 〜15A、31〜35A,且將塗佈防靜電層塗佈組成物(1)者 各作爲試料11〜15B、31〜35B,並將於該防靜電層上塗 佈硬塗佈層塗佈組成物(2 )者各作爲試料1 1〜1 5 C、3 1 〜35C。 其結果,以高濕度環境下進行塗佈時,試料11〜15A 、31〜35A發生刷痕。又,試料11〜15B、31〜35B爲乾 燥後有微細龜裂,試料11〜15C、31〜35C於乾燥後有明 確微細龜裂。 實施例4 (偏光板之製作與評估) 將厚度120 μιη之聚乙烯基醇薄膜浸漬於含有碘1質量 份、碘化鉀2質量份、硼酸4質量份之水溶液中,並於 50°C下延伸4倍製成偏光子。 將實施例1及2所製作之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜原捲 試料1〜10、1_1〜1-20、21〜30及比較之纖維素酯薄膜原 捲試料11〜15、31〜35以聚乙烯薄片雙層包住,以如圖8 所示保存方法’於25 °C,50 % RH之條件下保存30天,其 -110- 200949319 後於40t,80%RH之條件下保存。其後,除去各聚乙烯 薄片,將自各原捲試料捲出的纖維素酯薄膜以40°C之 2.5mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液進行60秒鹼處理,再經水洗乾 燥後將表面進行鹼處理。 於前述偏光子之兩面上,將本發明的試料1〜10、1-1 〜1-20、21〜30及比較之試料11〜15、31〜35的鹼處理 面,以完全鹼化型聚乙烯基醇5 %水溶液作爲接著劑由兩 面貼合,製造出形成保護薄膜之本發明的偏光板PL-1〜 PL-10、PL-1-1 〜PL-1-20、PL-21 〜PL-30 及比較之偏光板 的PL-11〜PL-15、PL-31〜PL-35,評估其平面性。 (作爲液晶顯示裝置之特性評估) 剝開VA型液晶顯示裝置之Sharp (股)製32型電視 AQ-32AD5的偏光板,將上述製作之各偏光板配合液晶胞 尺寸進行剪裁。 挾持液晶胞下,將前述製作之偏光板2片於偏光板的 偏光軸與原先不變下互相直交而貼合,製造出32型VA 型彩色液晶顯示器,評估作爲光學薄膜的偏光板之特性。 &lt;平面性&gt; 將所得之偏光板切成A4尺寸,於水平桌面上一邊稍 微拉伸下將縱方向之兩端以膠帶貼於桌子上,將偏光板表 面之平面性以下述基準進行目視評估。 A:表面全無波浪狀斑 -111 - 200949319 B:表面上僅稍微有波浪狀斑 C:表面上有微細波浪狀斑 D:表面尙有大的波浪狀斑 (對比) 於23°C55%RH的環境下,打開該液晶電視之背光, 直接放置30分鐘後’依據下述基準由目視來評估其對比Methyl ethyl ketone 16 parts by mass of ethyl lactate 5 parts by mass of methanol 8 parts by mass of conductive polymer resin P-1 (0.1 to 〇.3 μηι particles) 0.5 parts by mass - 107 - 200949319 [Chemical 33] Conductive poly resin P -1 --CHtHz — ώ〇,- —〒H5 ——cch2 — c=o 1 0 1 CHj CH,-N-CH, CH* CHj 0 I • CH, Cs〇+m _ —CCH2— Lch* J Tn:n»93:7 (hard coating layer coating composition (2)) dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate monomer dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 2 polymer dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 3 mer component or more diethoxy Benzophenone photoreaction starter oxoxane surfactant propylene glycol monomethyl ether methyl ethyl ketone 60 parts by mass 20 parts by mass 20 parts by mass 6 parts by mass 1 part by mass 75 parts by mass 75 parts by mass (bending prevention layer coating Cloth composition (3)) Acetone ethyl acetate isopropyl alcohol diethylidene cellulose ultrafine particle cerium dioxide 2% acetone dispersion (AEROSIL: 35 parts by mass 45 parts by mass 5 parts by mass 〇. 5 parts by mass 200V, Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) 0.1 parts by mass - 108 - 200949319 A polarizing plate protective film imparting a function is produced as follows. (Polarizing Plate Protective Film) The cellulose ester film original roll sample 1 of the present invention produced in Example 1 was double-coated with a polyethylene sheet, and stored as shown in Fig. 8, at 25 ° C, 50% RH. It was stored under the conditions of 30 days, and then stored at 40 ° C and 80% RH. Thereafter, each polyethylene sheet was removed, and the bending prevention layer coating composition (3) was gravure-printed to a wet film thickness of 13 μm on one side of the cellulose ester film wound from each original roll sample 0, and dried. Drying was carried out at a temperature of 8 〇 ± 5 °C. This was taken as a sample 1Α. On the other side of the cellulose ester film, the antistatic layer coating composition (1) was applied at a film transport speed of 30 m/min at a film width of lm at 28 ° C and 82% RH. The cloth to wet film thickness was 7 μm, followed by drying in a dried portion set to 80 ± 5 ° C, and a resin layer having a dry film thickness of about 0.2 μm was provided to obtain a cellulose ester film with an antistatic layer. φ This was taken as a sample 1Β. Further, the hard coating layer coating composition (2) was applied onto the antistatic layer to a wet film thickness of 13 μm, dried at a drying temperature of 90 ° C, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 150 mJ/m 2 to provide a dry film thickness of 5 μm. Transparent hard coating layer. This was taken as sample 1C. The obtained cellulose ester film sample of the present invention, the sample 1Β, the sample 1 C, and the sample 1 C were free of brush marks, and there was no crack after drying, and the coating property was good, and the cellulose ester film original sample 1 was changed to The cellulose ester film of the present invention produced in Examples 1 and 2 was coated in the same manner except for the original sample 2 to 10, 1-1 to 1-109-200949319 20, and 21 to 30. The results were all confirmed to be good coatability. For comparison, the comparative cellulose ester film raw materials 11 to 15, 31 to 35 produced in Examples 1 and 2 were each subjected to the same method as described above, and the coating bending prevention layer was applied to the composition (3). Each of the samples 1 to 15A and 31 to 35A was applied, and each of the antistatic layer coating composition (1) was applied as samples 11 to 15B and 31 to 35B, and hard coating was applied to the antistatic layer. Each of the cloth coating composition (2) was used as a sample 1 1 to 1 5 C, 3 1 to 35C. As a result, when coating was performed in a high humidity environment, the sample 11 to 15A and 31 to 35A were brushed. Further, Samples 11 to 15B and 31 to 35B were finely cracked after drying, and samples 11 to 15 C and 31 to 35 C were clearly cracked after drying. Example 4 (Preparation and evaluation of polarizing plate) A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm was immersed in an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine, 2 parts by mass of potassium iodide, and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and extended at 50 ° C. Doubled into a photon. The cellulose ester film original samples 1 to 10, 1_1 to 1-20, 21 to 30 of the present invention produced in Examples 1 and 2 and the comparative cellulose ester film original samples 11 to 15, 31 to 35 were used. The polyethylene foil was wrapped in a double layer and stored in a storage method as shown in Fig. 8 at 25 ° C, 50% RH for 30 days, and after -110-200949319 at 40 °, 80% RH. Thereafter, each polyethylene sheet was removed, and the cellulose ester film which was taken up from each raw roll sample was subjected to alkali treatment for 60 seconds in a 2.5 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 40 ° C, and then subjected to alkali treatment after washing with water and drying. . On the both sides of the polarizer, the alkali-treated surfaces of the samples 1 to 10, 1-1 to 1-20, 21 to 30 of the present invention and the comparative samples 11 to 15, 31 to 35 were subjected to complete alkalization. The vinyl alcohol 5% aqueous solution is bonded to both surfaces as an adhesive to produce the polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-10, PL-1-1 to PL-1-20, PL-21 to PL of the present invention which form a protective film. -30 and the comparative polarizing plates PL-11 to PL-15, PL-31 to PL-35, and evaluated the planarity. (Evaluation of Characteristics of Liquid Crystal Display Device) A polarizing plate of a Sharp type 32 television AQ-32AD5 of a VA type liquid crystal display device was peeled off, and each of the polarizing plates produced above was cut in accordance with the liquid crystal cell size. Two types of polarizing plates prepared as described above were placed under the polarizing axis of the polarizing plate and directly bonded to each other to form a 32-type VA type color liquid crystal display, and the characteristics of the polarizing plate as an optical film were evaluated. &lt;Planarity&gt; The obtained polarizing plate was cut into an A4 size, and the both ends of the longitudinal direction were attached to the table with a tape on the horizontal table, and the flatness of the surface of the polarizing plate was visually observed on the following basis. Evaluation. A: No wavy spots on the surface -111 - 200949319 B: Only slightly wavy spots on the surface C: There are fine wavy spots on the surface D: There are large wavy spots on the surface (comparative) at 23 ° C 55% RH In the environment, turn on the backlight of the LCD TV and place it directly for 30 minutes.

A : 黑 色 聚 集而鮮明 B : 黑 色 聚 集,但鮮 明 度 稍低 C : 黑 色 無 聚集, ,鮮 明 度 梢低 D : 黑 色 無 聚集: ,鮮 明 度 低 結果如表3 ;所示 〇 -112- 200949319 [表3]A: Black gathers and is bright B: Black gathers, but the sharpness is slightly lower C: Black has no aggregation, and the sharpness is low D: Black has no aggregation: The result of low vividness is shown in Table 3; 〇-112- 200949319 [ table 3]

偏光板No. 所使用之薄膜No. 偏光板之平面件 液晶顯示裝置之對比 備考 PL-1 1 A A 芊發明 PL-2 2 A A PL-3 3 A B 伞發明 PL-4 4 A A ψ發明 PL-5 5 A A 未發明 PL-6 6 A A 卒發明 PL-7 7 A A 未發明 PL-8 8 A A 芊發明 PL-9 9 A A PL-10 10 A B PL-11 11 D D 比ρ御 PL-12 21 D D 比_ PL-13 13 D D tbp#!l PL-14 14 D D 比g例 PL-15 15 C D 比較例 PL-1-1 1-1 A A 芊發明 PL-1-2 1-2 A A i發明 PL-1-3 1-3 A A 丰發明 PL-1-4 1-4 A A tmm PL-1-5 1-5 A A 丰發明 PL-1-6 1-6 A A 丰發明 PL-1-7 1-7 A A 幸發明 PL-1-8 1-8 B A PL-1-9 1-9 B A 本發明 PL-1-10 1-10 B A 丰發明 PL-1-11 1-11 B A 未發明 PL-1-12 1-12 B A 芊發明 PL-1-13 1-13 B A ψ發明 PL-1-14 1-14 B A PL-1-15 1-15 B A PL-1-16 1-16 B A PL-1-17 1-17 B B PL-1-18 1-18 B B ifmm PL-1-19 1-19 B B PL-1-20 1-20 B B 丰發明 PL-21 21 A A 丰IP月 PL-22 22 A A 丰發明 PL-23 23 A A PL-24 24 A A 丰發明 PL-25 25 A A 丰發明 PL-26 26 A A 丰發明 PL-27 27 A A 丰發明 PL-28 28 A A 未發明 PL-29 29 A A 芊發明 PL-30 30 A A PL-31 31 D D 比释匈 PL-32 32 D D 比_ PL-33 33 D D 比較例 PL-34 34 D D 比_ PL-35 35 C D 比i例 -113- 200949319 如上表所示得知,本發明的偏光板?1^1〜?1^-10、?1^-1-1〜PL-1-20、PL-21〜PL-30對於比較之偏光板PL-11〜 PL-15、PL-3 1〜PL-35,可達到以平面性、物理性優良的 保護薄膜保護兩面時,具有非常良好之偏光板特性之顯著 優良效果。 又,由上表得知使用本發明之偏光板PL-1〜PL-10、 PL-1-1〜PL-1-20、PL-21〜PL-30的液晶顯示裝置,比使 用比較之偏光板PL-11〜PL-15、PL-31〜PL-35的液晶顯 示裝置,其對比亦高,且顯示優良顯示性。藉此可作爲優 良的液晶顯示器等畫像顯示裝置用之偏光板使用。 【圖式簡單說明】 [圖1]實施有關本發明之光學薄膜(纖維素酯薄膜) 的製造方法的裝置之一實施形態的槪略流程圖。 [圖2]圖1之製造裝置的重要部位擴大流程圖。 [圖3]圖3(a)表示流延塑模之重要部位外觀圖,圖 3 (b)表示流延塑模之重要部位截面圖。 [圖4]挾壓轉動體之第1實施形態的截面圖。 [圖5]於挾壓轉動體之第2實施形態的轉動軸呈垂直 平面下之截面圖。 [圖6]含有挾壓轉動體之第2實施形態的轉動軸之平 面下的截面圖。 [圖7]表示液晶顯示裝置之構成圖槪略分解斜視圖。 [圖8]表示光學薄膜(纖維素酯薄膜)原捲之保管狀 -114- 200949319 態圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 :壓出機 2 :過濾器 3 :靜態混合機 4 :流延塑模 A 5:轉動支持體(第1冷卻輥) 6:挾壓轉動體(接觸輥) 7:轉動支持體(第2冷卻輥) 8:轉動支持體(第3冷卻輥) 9 :剝離輥 10 :薄膜 11 :搬送輥 1 2 :延伸裝置 ©13 :縱剪切機 1 4 :壓紋環 1 5 :背輥: 16 :捲取裝置 21a、21b :保護薄膜 22a、22b :相位差薄膜 23a、23b:薄膜的遲相軸方向 24a、24b:偏光子的透過軸方向 25a、25b:偏光子 -115- 200949319 26a、26b:偏光板 2 7 :液晶胞 29:液晶顯示裝置 3 1 :塑模本體 3 2 :隙縫 41 :金屬套管 42 :彈性滾筒 43 :金屬製内筒 44 :彈性體 4 5 :冷卻水 5 1 :外筒 52 :内筒 53 :空間 5 4 :冷卻液 55a、55b :轉動軸 56a、56b:外筒支持凸緣(flange) 60 :流體軸筒 61a、61b:内筒支持凸緣(flange) 62a、62b:中間通路 1 10 :捲芯本體 1 17 :支持板 1 1 8 :架台 · 120:纖維素酯薄膜原捲 120:纖維素酯薄膜原捲 -116-Polarizing plate No. Film used in the polarizing plate. Comparison of flat-panel liquid crystal display devices. PL-1 1 AA 芊Invention PL-2 2 AA PL-3 3 AB Umbrella invention PL-4 4 AA ψInvention PL-5 5 AA Not Invented PL-6 6 AA Invented PL-7 7 AA Invented PL-8 8 AA Invented PL-9 9 AA PL-10 10 AB PL-11 11 DD Ratio ρ Royal PL-12 21 DD Ratio _ PL-13 13 DD tbp#!l PL-14 14 DD than g example PL-15 15 CD Comparative example PL-1-1 1-1 AA 芊Invention PL-1-2 1-2 AA i Invention PL-1- 3 1-3 AA Feng invention PL-1-4 1-4 AA tmm PL-1-5 1-5 AA Feng invention PL-1-6 1-6 AA Feng invention PL-1-7 1-7 AA PL-1-8 1-8 BA PL-1-9 1-9 BA PL-1-10 1-10 BA of the present invention PL-1-11 1-11 BA Not invented PL-1-12 1-12 BA 芊Invention PL-1-13 1-13 BA ψInvention PL-1-14 1-14 BA PL-1-15 1-15 BA PL-1-16 1-16 BA PL-1-17 1-17 BB PL-1-18 1-18 BB ifmm PL-1-19 1-19 BB PL-1-20 1-20 BB Feng invention PL-21 21 AA Feng IP month PL-22 22 AA Feng invention PL-23 23 AA PL-24 24 AA Feng invention PL-25 25 AA Feng invention PL-26 26 AA Fengfa PL-27 27 AA Inventor PL-28 28 AA Invented PL-29 29 AA Invented PL-30 30 AA PL-31 31 DD Comparative Hungarian PL-32 32 DD Ratio _ PL-33 33 DD Comparative Example PL- 34 34 DD ratio _ PL-35 35 CD ratio i example - 113 - 200949319 As shown in the above table, the polarizing plate of the present invention? 1^1~? 1^-10,? 1^-1-1~PL-1-20, PL-21~PL-30 For the comparison of polarizing plates PL-11~PL-15, PL-3 1~PL-35, planarity and physicality can be achieved. When the excellent protective film protects both sides, it has a remarkable excellent effect of very good polarizing plate characteristics. Further, from the above table, it is known that the liquid crystal display devices using the polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-10, PL-1-1 to PL-1-20, and PL-21 to PL-30 of the present invention are more polarized than those used. The liquid crystal display devices of the plates PL-11 to PL-15 and PL-31 to PL-35 have high contrast and exhibit excellent display properties. This can be used as a polarizing plate for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [Fig. 1] A schematic flow chart of an embodiment of an apparatus for carrying out a method for producing an optical film (cellulose ester film) of the present invention. Fig. 2 is an enlarged flow chart showing an important part of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 1. Fig. 3 (a) is a view showing the appearance of an important part of a casting mold, and Fig. 3 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing an important part of a casting mold. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing a first embodiment of a rolling rotor. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing the rotation axis of the second embodiment of the rolling rotor in a vertical plane. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a plane of a rotating shaft of a second embodiment including a rolling rotor. Fig. 7 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a liquid crystal display device. Fig. 8 is a view showing the storage state of the optical film (cellulose ester film) original roll -114-200949319. [Description of main components] 1 : Extruder 2 : Filter 3 : Static mixer 4 : Casting mold A 5 : Rotating support (1st cooling roll) 6 : Rolling rotating body (contact roll) 7: Rotating support (second cooling roller) 8: Rotating support (third cooling roller) 9 : peeling roller 10 : film 11 : conveying roller 1 2 : stretching device © 13 : slitting machine 1 4 : embossing ring 1 5: Back roll: 16: Winding devices 21a, 21b: Protective films 22a, 22b: retardation films 23a, 23b: slow axis directions 24a, 24b of film: transmission axis directions 25a, 25b of polarizers: polarizers - 115- 200949319 26a, 26b: polarizing plate 2 7 : liquid crystal cell 29: liquid crystal display device 3 1 : molded body 3 2 : slit 41 : metal sleeve 42 : elastic roller 43 : metal inner cylinder 44 : elastic body 4 5 : Cooling water 5 1 : Outer cylinder 52 : Inner cylinder 53 : Space 5 4 : Cooling liquid 55 a , 55 b : Rotating shafts 56 a , 56 b : Outer cylinder supporting flange (Flange) 60 : Fluid shaft cylinder 61 a , 61 b : Inner cylinder supporting Flange 62a, 62b: intermediate passage 1 10 : core body 1 17 : support plate 1 1 8 : stand · 120: cellulose ester film original roll 120: cellulose ester film original roll -116-

Claims (1)

200949319 七、申請專利範圍: 1· 一種光學薄膜,其特徵爲含有下述一般式(1)所 示化合物之至少1種與纖維素酯者; [化1] -般式⑴200949319 VII. Patent application scope: 1. An optical film characterized by containing at least one of the following compounds of the general formula (1) and a cellulose ester; [Chemical Formula 1] - General Formula (1) (式中’R1及R2各獨立表示取代基,R3表示氫原子或烷 基,η表示0〜4之整數;複數R1可相同或相異)。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之光學薄膜,其中含有選自 受阻酚系化合物、磷系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯 系化合物所成群的化合物之至少1種。 3. —種光學薄膜的製造方法,其特徵爲如申請專利範 圍第1項或第2項之光學薄膜藉由熔融流延法而製造。 4. 一種偏光板’其特徵爲偏光子的至少一面上具有如 申請專利範圍第1項或第2項之光學薄膜。 5. —種液晶顯示裝置’其特徵爲使用如申請專利範圍 第4項之偏光板。 6. —種化合物’其特徵爲下述一般式(2 )所示者; -117- 200949319 [化2] -般式(2}(wherein 'R1 and R2 each independently represent a substituent, R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and η represents an integer of 0 to 4; and plural R1 may be the same or different). 2. The optical film according to claim 1, wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of a hindered phenol compound, a phosphorus compound, a lactone compound, and an acrylate compound is contained. A method of producing an optical film, which is characterized in that the optical film according to item 1 or item 2 of the application of the patent is produced by a melt casting method. A polarizing plate </ RTI> characterized in that the optical film of item 1 or item 2 of the patent application is provided on at least one side of the polarizer. A liquid crystal display device is characterized in that a polarizing plate as in the fourth aspect of the patent application is used. 6. a compound 'characterized by the following general formula (2); -117- 200949319 [Chemical 2] - general formula (2) CHS 十ch3 ch3 (式中,R4〜R6各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基,R7表 示取代基、η表示0〜3之整數;複數R7可相同或相異) -118-CHS 十ch3 ch3 (wherein R4 to R6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, R7 represents a substituent, and η represents an integer of 0 to 3; and plural R7 may be the same or different) -118-
TW098105801A 2008-02-27 2009-02-24 An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound TWI447444B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008045676 2008-02-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200949319A true TW200949319A (en) 2009-12-01
TWI447444B TWI447444B (en) 2014-08-01

Family

ID=41015811

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW098105801A TWI447444B (en) 2008-02-27 2009-02-24 An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5234103B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI447444B (en)
WO (1) WO2009107405A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103226218A (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-07-31 富士胶片株式会社 Polarizing plate, method for preparing the same, and liquid crystal display device
CN103857740A (en) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-11 富士胶片株式会社 Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
CN108368426A (en) * 2015-12-17 2018-08-03 默克专利股份有限公司 Cinnamic acid derivative

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102749668B (en) * 2011-04-21 2016-02-24 富士胶片株式会社 Polaroid and liquid crystal indicator
JP5745456B2 (en) * 2011-04-21 2015-07-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2013097170A (en) * 2011-11-01 2013-05-20 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5805231B2 (en) * 2013-02-25 2015-11-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminated body, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method of polarizing plate
JP5823545B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2015-11-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizer, polarizing plate using the same, liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method of polarizing plate
WO2019138791A1 (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-18 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
JP2019189771A (en) 2018-04-26 2019-10-31 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4364986B2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2009-11-18 関西ペイント株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for photoresist and method for forming resist pattern
JP2004149438A (en) * 2002-10-30 2004-05-27 Idemitsu Petrochem Co Ltd Method for producing hydroxycinnamic acids
JP2004175894A (en) * 2002-11-26 2004-06-24 Ricoh Co Ltd Thermally activated adhesive and thermally activated adhesive sheet
JP2007114739A (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-05-10 Fujifilm Corp Optical anisotropic polymer film, polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof and application use thereof
CN101321812B (en) * 2005-12-07 2012-03-28 柯尼卡美能达精密光学株式会社 Cellulose ester film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JPWO2007125765A1 (en) * 2006-04-25 2009-09-10 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Polarizing plate protective film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device
JPWO2007142142A1 (en) * 2006-06-02 2009-10-22 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
TWI387526B (en) * 2006-06-06 2013-03-01 Fujifilm Corp Thermoplastic film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate, optical compensation film, antireflection film and crystal display device
JP4747985B2 (en) * 2006-08-02 2011-08-17 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103857740A (en) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-11 富士胶片株式会社 Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
US9447261B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-09-20 Fujifilm Corporation Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
CN103857740B (en) * 2011-09-30 2017-06-20 富士胶片株式会社 Cellulose acylate film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device
CN103226218A (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-07-31 富士胶片株式会社 Polarizing plate, method for preparing the same, and liquid crystal display device
CN108368426A (en) * 2015-12-17 2018-08-03 默克专利股份有限公司 Cinnamic acid derivative
CN108368426B (en) * 2015-12-17 2022-03-11 默克专利股份有限公司 Cinnamic acid derivatives

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2009107405A1 (en) 2009-09-03
TWI447444B (en) 2014-08-01
JP5234103B2 (en) 2013-07-10
JPWO2009107405A1 (en) 2011-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200949319A (en) Optical film, process for producing optical film, polarizer comprising the same, liquid-crystal display, and compound
TWI412797B (en) A manufacturing method of a polarizing plate, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device
TWI475058B (en) A cellulose ester optical film, a liquid crystal display device, a method for producing a cellulose ester optical film, and a polymer
WO2007043358A1 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP5023837B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
TWI390258B (en) An optical film, a method for manufacturing the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device
WO2007069490A1 (en) Process for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display unit
WO2007138910A1 (en) Protective film for polarizer and process for producing the same, polarizer and process for producing the same, and liquid-crystal display
TW200831571A (en) Manufacturing method of cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP4947050B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
TWI404622B (en) Acrylated cellulose film manufacturing method, acylated cellulose film, polarizing cellulose film manufacturing method
TWI452077B (en) An optical film, an optical film manufacturing method, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device
JP4747985B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI444668B (en) An optical film and a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2007326359A (en) Method for manufacturing cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2009179733A (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display
JP4770620B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same, and method for producing optical film
JP2008224720A (en) Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010049062A (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP4952588B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010117557A (en) Cellulose ester optical film, method of manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2010248361A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2010037513A (en) Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2009157162A (en) Optical film, method of manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees